Please consider activating JavaScript!
Occurrences
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
Chāndogyopaniṣad
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
Gautamadharmasūtra
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
Kauśikasūtra
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
Kaṭhopaniṣad
Khādiragṛhyasūtra
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
Muṇḍakopaniṣad
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
Nirukta
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
Taittirīyopaniṣad
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
Vaitānasūtra
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
Āpastambadharmasūtra
Āpastambagṛhyasūtra
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
Ṛgveda
Ṛgvedakhilāni
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Arthaśāstra
Avadānaśataka
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
Aṣṭādhyāyī
Brahmabindūpaniṣat
Buddhacarita
Carakasaṃhitā
Lalitavistara
Mahābhārata
Manusmṛti
Rāmāyaṇa
Saundarānanda
Saṅghabhedavastu
Abhidharmakośabhāṣya
Agnipurāṇa
Amarakośa
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
Aṣṭāṅgasaṃgraha
Bodhicaryāvatāra
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
Divyāvadāna
Harivaṃśa
Kirātārjunīya
Kāmasūtra
Kātyāyanasmṛti
Kūrmapurāṇa
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
Liṅgapurāṇa
Matsyapurāṇa
Nāradasmṛti
Nāṭyaśāstra
Pañcārthabhāṣya
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
Tantrākhyāyikā
Tattvavaiśāradī
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
Viṣṇupurāṇa
Viṣṇusmṛti
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Śatakatraya
Śikṣāsamuccaya
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
Bhāratamañjarī
Devīkālottarāgama
Garuḍapurāṇa
Hitopadeśa
Kathāsaritsāgara
Kṛṣiparāśara
Kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava
Mukundamālā
Narmamālā
Nāṭyaśāstravivṛti
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā
Rasamañjarī
Rasaprakāśasudhākara
Rasaratnākara
Rasendracūḍāmaṇi
Rājanighaṇṭu
Skandapurāṇa
Sphuṭārthāvyākhyā
Tantrāloka
Toḍalatantra
Ānandakanda
Āyurvedadīpikā
Śukasaptati
Bhāvaprakāśa
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Haribhaktivilāsa
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
Mugdhāvabodhinī
Nāḍīparīkṣā
Rasārṇavakalpa
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
AB, 1, 3, 5.0 ājyaṃ vai devānāṃ surabhi ghṛtam
manuṣyāṇām āyutam pitṝṇāṃ navanītaṃ garbhāṇāṃ tad yan navanītenābhyañjanti svenaivainaṃ tad bhāgadheyena samardhayanti //
AB, 1, 6, 7.0 atho khalv āhuḥ ko 'rhati
manuṣyaḥ sarvaṃ satyaṃ vadituṃ satyasaṃhitā vai devā anṛtasaṃhitā manuṣyā iti //
AB, 1, 6, 7.0 atho khalv āhuḥ ko 'rhati manuṣyaḥ sarvaṃ satyaṃ vadituṃ satyasaṃhitā vai devā anṛtasaṃhitā
manuṣyā iti //
AB, 1, 9, 1.0 devaviśaḥ kalpayitavyā ity āhus tāḥ kalpamānā anu
manuṣyaviśaḥ kalpanta iti sarvā viśaḥ kalpante kalpate yajño 'pi //
AB, 1, 12, 3.0 tasya krītasya
manuṣyān abhy upāvartamānasya diśo vīryāṇīndriyāṇi vyudasīdaṃs tāny ekayarcāvārurutsanta tāni nāśaknuvaṃs tāni dvābhyāṃ tāni tisṛbhis tāni catasṛbhis tāni pañcabhis tāni ṣaḍbhis tāni saptabhir naivāvārundhata tāny aṣṭābhir avārundhatāṣṭābhir āśnuvata yad aṣṭābhir avārundhatāṣṭābhir āśnuvata tad aṣṭānām aṣṭatvam //
AB, 1, 13, 18.0 ṛtubhir vardhatu kṣayam ity ṛtavo vai somasya rājño rājabhrātaro yathā
manuṣyasya tair evainaṃ tat sahāgamayati //
AB, 1, 15, 6.0 agnim manthanti some rājany āgate tad yathaivādo
manuṣyarāja āgate 'nyasmin vārhaty ukṣāṇaṃ vā vehataṃ vā kṣadanta evam evāsmā etat kṣadante yad agnim manthanty agnir hi devānām paśuḥ //
AB, 2, 1, 1.0 yajñena vai devā ūrdhvāḥ svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs te 'bibhayur imaṃ no dṛṣṭvā
manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś cānuprajñāsyantīti taṃ vai yūpenaivāyopayaṃs taṃ yad yūpenaivāyopayaṃs tad yūpasya yūpatvaṃ tam avācīnāgraṃ nimityordhvā udāyaṃs tato vai manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś ca devānāṃ yajñavāstv abhyāyan yajñasya kiṃcid eṣiṣyāmaḥ prajñātyā iti te vai yūpam evāvindann avācīnāgraṃ nimitaṃ te 'vidur anena vai devā yajñam ayūyupann iti tam utkhāyordhvaṃ nyaminvaṃs tato vai te pra yajñam ajānan pra svargaṃ lokam //
AB, 2, 1, 1.0 yajñena vai devā ūrdhvāḥ svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs te 'bibhayur imaṃ no dṛṣṭvā manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś cānuprajñāsyantīti taṃ vai yūpenaivāyopayaṃs taṃ yad yūpenaivāyopayaṃs tad yūpasya yūpatvaṃ tam avācīnāgraṃ nimityordhvā udāyaṃs tato vai
manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś ca devānāṃ yajñavāstv abhyāyan yajñasya kiṃcid eṣiṣyāmaḥ prajñātyā iti te vai yūpam evāvindann avācīnāgraṃ nimitaṃ te 'vidur anena vai devā yajñam ayūyupann iti tam utkhāyordhvaṃ nyaminvaṃs tato vai te pra yajñam ajānan pra svargaṃ lokam //
AB, 2, 6, 1.0 daivyāḥ śamitāra ārabhadhvam uta
manuṣyā ity āha //
AB, 2, 6, 2.0 ye caiva devānāṃ śamitāro ye ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ tān eva tat saṃśāsti //
AB, 2, 7, 10.0 vaniṣṭhum asya mā rāviṣṭorūkam manyamānā ned vas toke tanaye ravitā ravacchamitāra iti ye caiva devānāṃ śamitāro ye ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ tebhya evainaṃ tat paridadāti //
AB, 2, 13, 6.0 devā vai yajñena śrameṇa tapasāhutibhiḥ svargaṃ lokam ajayaṃs teṣāṃ vapāyām eva hutāyāṃ svargo lokaḥ prākhyāyata te vapām eva hutvānādṛtyetarāṇi karmāṇy ūrdhvāḥ svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs tato vai
manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś ca devānāṃ yajñavāstv abhyāyan yajñasya kiṃcid eṣiṣyāmaḥ prajñātyā iti te 'bhitaḥ paricaranta et paśum eva nirāntraṃ śayānaṃ te vidur iyān vāva kila paśur yāvatī vapeti //
AB, 2, 22, 1.0 tad āhuḥ sarpet na sarpet iti sarped iti haika āhur ubhayeṣāṃ vā eṣa
devamanuṣyāṇām bhakṣo yad bahiṣpavamānas tasmād enam abhisaṃgacchanta iti vadantaḥ //
AB, 2, 27, 8.0 purastāt pratyañcam aindravāyavam bhakṣayati tasmāt purastāt prāṇāpānau purastāt pratyañcam maitrāvaruṇam bhakṣayati tasmāt purastāccakṣuṣī sarvataḥ parihāram āśvinam bhakṣayati tasmān
manuṣyāś ca paśavaś ca sarvato vācaṃ vadantīṃ śṛṇvanti //
AB, 2, 34, 2.0 agnir manviddha iti śaṃsaty ayaṃ vā agnir manviddha imaṃ hi
manuṣyā indhate 'gnim eva tad asmiṃlloka āyātayati //
AB, 2, 34, 5.0 hotā manuvṛta iti śaṃsaty ayaṃ vā agnir hotā manuvṛto 'yaṃ hi sarvato
manuṣyair vṛto 'gnim eva tad asmiṃlloka āyātayati //
AB, 2, 37, 2.0 tām anukṛtim
manuṣyarathasyaivāntarau raśmī viharantyalobhāya //
AB, 2, 37, 3.0 nāsya devaratho lubhyati na
manuṣyaratho ya evaṃ veda //
AB, 3, 30, 4.0 tebhyo vai devā apaivābībhatsanta
manuṣyagandhāt ta ete dhāyye antaradadhata yebhyo mātaivā pitra iti //
AB, 3, 31, 5.0 pāñcajanyaṃ vā etad ukthaṃ yad vaiśvadevaṃ sarveṣāṃ vā etat pañcajanānām uktham
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ gandharvāpsarasāṃ sarpāṇāṃ ca pitṝṇāṃ caiteṣāṃ vā etat pañcajanānām uktham //
AB, 3, 46, 4.0 atha haitad eva vāntaṃ yad abhiśasyamānam ārtvijyaṃ kārayate yathā ha vā idaṃ vāntān
manuṣyā bībhatsanta evam tasmād devās taddha tat parāṅ eva yathā vāntaṃ na haiva tad yajamānam bhunakti //
AB, 4, 1, 4.0 taṃ yat parastād ukthānām paryasya śaṃsati vajreṇaiva tat ṣoᄆaśinā paśūn parigacchati tasmāt paśavo vajreṇaiva ṣoᄆaśinā parigatā
manuṣyān abhy upāvartante tasmād aśvo vā puruṣo vā gaur vā hastī vā parigata eva svayam ātmaneta eva vācābhiṣiddha upāvartate vajram eva ṣoᄆaśinam paśyan vajreṇaiva ṣoᄆaśinā parigato vāgghi vajro vāk ṣoᄆaśī //
AB, 5, 28, 3.0 ubhayān vā eṣa
devamanuṣyān viparyāsaṃ dakṣiṇā nayati sarvaṃ cedaṃ yad idaṃ kiṃca //
AB, 5, 28, 4.0 manuṣyān vā eṣa sāyamāhutyā devebhyo dakṣiṇā nayati sarvaṃ cedaṃ yad idaṃ kiṃca ta ete pralīnā nyokasa iva śere manuṣyā devebhyo dakṣiṇā nītāḥ //
AB, 5, 28, 4.0 manuṣyān vā eṣa sāyamāhutyā devebhyo dakṣiṇā nayati sarvaṃ cedaṃ yad idaṃ kiṃca ta ete pralīnā nyokasa iva śere
manuṣyā devebhyo dakṣiṇā nītāḥ //
AB, 5, 28, 5.0 devān vā eṣa prātarāhutyā
manuṣyebhyo dakṣiṇā nayati sarvaṃ cedaṃ yad idaṃ kiṃca ta ete vividānā ivotpatanty ado 'haṃ kariṣye 'do 'haṃ gamiṣyāmīti vadantaḥ //
AB, 7, 1, 7.0 tām u ha girijāya bābhravyāyāmanuṣyaḥ provāca tato hainām etadarvāṅ
manuṣyā adhīyate 'dhīyate //
AB, 7, 5, 3.0 divaṃ tṛtīyaṃ devān yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭāntarikṣaṃ tṛtīyam pitṝn yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭa pṛthivīṃ tṛtīyam
manuṣyān yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭa //
AB, 7, 9, 12.0 ko 'naddhāpuruṣa iti na devān na pitṝn na
manuṣyān iti //
AB, 7, 13, 11.0 devāś caitām ṛṣayaś ca tejaḥ samabharan mahat devā
manuṣyān abruvann eṣā vo jananī punaḥ //
AB, 7, 33, 6.0 īśvaro ha vā eṣo 'pratyabhimṛṣṭo
manuṣyasyāyuḥ pratyavahartor anarhan mā bhakṣayatīti tad yad etenātmānam abhimṛśaty āyur eva tat pratirate //
AB, 8, 26, 4.0 bṛhaspatiṃ yaḥ subhṛtam bibhartīti bṛhaspatir ha vai devānām purohitas tam anv anye
manuṣyarājñām purohitā bṛhaspatiṃ yaḥ subhṛtam bibhartīti yad āha purohitaṃ yaḥ subhṛtaṃ bibhartīty eva tad āha //
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
AVP, 1, 73, 3.2 puṣṭir yā te
manuṣyeṣu paprathe agne tayā rayim asmāsu dhehi //
AVP, 1, 74, 4.2 viśvā āśā
manuṣyo vi bhāhy ayaṃ purorā no asyāstu mūrdhā //
AVP, 1, 78, 4.1 yasya trayā gatam anuprayanti devā
manuṣyāḥ paśavaś ca sarve /
AVP, 4, 36, 3.1 ye srotyā bibhṛtho ye
manuṣyān ye amṛtaṃ bibhṛtho ye havīṃṣi /
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
AVŚ, 3, 4, 6.1 indrendra
manuṣyāḥ parehi saṃ hy ajñāsthā varuṇaiḥ saṃvidānaḥ /
AVŚ, 3, 22, 3.1 yena hastī varcasā saṃbabhūva yena rājā
manuṣyeṣv apsv antaḥ /
AVŚ, 4, 11, 3.1 indro jāto
manuṣyeṣv antar gharmas taptaś carati śośucānaḥ /
AVŚ, 4, 26, 4.1 ye amṛtaṃ bibhṛtho ye havīṃṣi ye srotyā bibhṛtho ye
manuṣyān /
AVŚ, 6, 51, 3.1 yat kiṃ cedaṃ varuṇa daivye jane 'bhidrohaṃ
manuṣyāś caranti /
AVŚ, 6, 71, 2.1 yan mā hutam ahutam ājagāma dattaṃ pitṛbhir anumataṃ
manuṣyaiḥ /
AVŚ, 8, 1, 11.1 rakṣantu tvāgnayo ye apsv antā rakṣatu tvā
manuṣyā yam indhate /
AVŚ, 8, 9, 24.2 athātarpayac caturaś caturdhā devān
manuṣyāṁ asurān uta ṛṣīn //
AVŚ, 8, 10, 9.1 tāṃ
devamanuṣyā abruvann iyam eva tad veda yad ubhaya upajīvememām upahvayāmahā iti //
AVŚ, 8, 10, 21.1 sodakrāmat sā
manuṣyān āgacchat tāṃ manuṣyā aghnata sā sadyaḥ samabhavat /
AVŚ, 8, 10, 21.1 sodakrāmat sā manuṣyān āgacchat tāṃ
manuṣyā aghnata sā sadyaḥ samabhavat /
AVŚ, 8, 10, 21.2 tasmān
manuṣyebhya ubhayadyur upaharanty upāsya gṛhe haranti ya evaṃ veda //
AVŚ, 8, 10, 24.1 sodakrāmat sā
manuṣyān āgacchat tāṃ manuṣyā upāhvayanterāvaty ehīti /
AVŚ, 8, 10, 24.1 sodakrāmat sā manuṣyān āgacchat tāṃ
manuṣyā upāhvayanterāvaty ehīti /
AVŚ, 8, 10, 24.4 te svadhāṃ kṛṣiṃ ca sasyaṃ ca
manuṣyā upajīvanti kṛṣṭarādhir upajīvanīyo bhavati ya evaṃ veda //
AVŚ, 12, 2, 44.1 antardhir devānāṃ paridhir
manuṣyāṇām agnir gārhapatya ubhayān antarā śritaḥ //
AVŚ, 15, 14, 8.1 sa yan
manuṣyān anuvyacalad agnir bhūtvānuvyacalat svāhākāram annādaṃ kṛtvā /
AVŚ, 16, 4, 4.0 sūryo māhnaḥ pātv agniḥ pṛthivyā vāyur antarikṣād yamo
manuṣyebhyaḥ sarasvatī pārthivebhyaḥ //
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
BaudhDhS, 2, 11, 15.1 vaikhānaso vane mūlaphalāśī tapaḥśīlaḥ savaneṣūdakam upaspṛśañśrāmaṇakenāgnim ādhāyāgrāmyabhojī
devapitṛbhūtamanuṣyaṛṣipūjakaḥ sarvātithiḥ pratiṣiddhavarjaṃ bhaikṣam apy upayuñjīta /
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
BaudhGS, 1, 3, 7.1 uttareṇāgniṃ prāgagrān darbhān saṃstīrya teṣu dvandvaṃ nyañci pātrāṇi saṃsādayati devasaṃyuktāny ekaikaśaḥ pitṛsaṃyuktāni sakṛd eva
manuṣyasaṃyuktāni //
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
BaudhŚS, 1, 3, 23.2 vatsebhyo
manuṣyebhyaḥ punardohāya kalpatām iti mahendrāyeti vā yadi mahendrayājī bhavati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 18, 14.0 atha yatra hotur abhijānāti daivyā adhvaryava upahūtā upahūtā
manuṣyā iti tad dakṣiṇaṃ puroḍāśaṃ caturdhā kṛtvā barhiṣadaṃ karoti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 4, 37.0 triḥ pradakṣiṇaṃ parivyayati parivīr asi pari tvā daivīr viśo vyayantām parīmaṃ rāyaspoṣo yajamānaṃ
manuṣyā iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 6, 15.0 yady atrātyāśrāvayati o śrāvaya astu śrauṣaṭ agnir ha daivīnāṃ viśāṃ puraetāyaṃ yajamāno
manuṣyāṇām tayor asthūri gārhapatyaṃ dīdayac chataṃ himā dvā yū rādhāṃsīt saṃpṛñcānāv asaṃpṛñcānau tanva iti //
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
BĀU, 1, 1, 2.6 hayo bhūtvā devān avahad vājī gandharvān arvāsurān aśvo
manuṣyān /
BĀU, 1, 4, 9.1 tad āhur yad brahmavidyayā sarvaṃ bhaviṣyanto
manuṣyā manyante /
BĀU, 1, 4, 10.14 yathā ha vai bahavaḥ paśavo
manuṣyaṃ bhuñjyur evam ekaikaḥ puruṣo devān bhunakti /
BĀU, 1, 4, 15.2 tad agninaiva deveṣu brahmābhavad brāhmaṇo
manuṣyeṣu kṣatriyeṇa kṣatriyaḥ vaiśyena vaiśyaḥ śūdreṇa śūdraḥ /
BĀU, 1, 4, 15.3 tasmād agnāv eva deveṣu lokam icchante brāhmaṇe
manuṣyeṣu /
BĀU, 1, 4, 16.5 atha yan
manuṣyān vāsayate yad ebhyo 'śanaṃ dadāti tena manuṣyāṇām /
BĀU, 1, 4, 16.5 atha yan manuṣyān vāsayate yad ebhyo 'śanaṃ dadāti tena
manuṣyāṇām /
BĀU, 3, 8, 9.5 etasya vā akṣarasya praśāsane gārgi
manuṣyāḥ praśaṃsanti yajamānaṃ devā darvīṃ pitaro 'nvāyattāḥ //
BĀU, 4, 3, 33.1 sa yo
manuṣyāṇāṃ rāddhaḥ samṛddho bhavaty anyeṣām adhipatiḥ sarvair mānuṣyakair bhogaiḥ sampannatamaḥ sa manuṣyāṇāṃ parama ānandaḥ /
BĀU, 4, 3, 33.1 sa yo manuṣyāṇāṃ rāddhaḥ samṛddho bhavaty anyeṣām adhipatiḥ sarvair mānuṣyakair bhogaiḥ sampannatamaḥ sa
manuṣyāṇāṃ parama ānandaḥ /
BĀU, 4, 3, 33.2 atha ye śataṃ
manuṣyāṇām ānandāḥ sa ekaḥ pitṝṇāṃ jitalokānām ānandaḥ /
Chāndogyopaniṣad
ChU, 1, 7, 6.1 sa eṣa ye caitasmād arvāñco lokās teṣāṃ ceṣṭe
manuṣyakāmānāṃ ceti /
ChU, 1, 7, 8.1 athānenaiva ye caitasmād arvāñco lokās tāṃś cāpnoti
manuṣyakāmāṃś ca /
ChU, 2, 22, 2.2 svadhāṃ pitṛbhya āśāṃ
manuṣyebhyas tṛṇodakaṃ paśubhyaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ yajamānāyānnam ātmana āgāyānīty etāni manasā dhyāyann apramattaḥ stuvīta //
ChU, 7, 2, 1.2 vāg vā ṛgvedaṃ vijñāpayati yajurvedaṃ sāmavedam ātharvaṇaṃ caturtham itihāsapurāṇaṃ pañcamaṃ vedānāṃ vedaṃ pitryaṃ rāśiṃ daivaṃ nidhiṃ vākovākyam ekāyanaṃ devavidyāṃ brahmavidyāṃ bhūtavidyāṃ kṣatravidyāṃ nakṣatravidyāṃ sarpadevajanavidyāṃ divaṃ ca pṛthivīṃ ca vāyuṃ cākāśaṃ cāpaś ca tejaś ca devāṃś ca
manuṣyāṃś ca paśūṃś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatīñ śvāpadāny ā kīṭapataṅgapipīlakaṃ dharmaṃ cādharmaṃ ca satyaṃ cānṛtaṃ ca sādhu cāsādhu ca hṛdayajñaṃ cāhṛdayajñaṃ ca /
ChU, 7, 6, 1.8 tasmād ya iha
manuṣyāṇāṃ mahattāṃ prāpnuvanti dhyānāpādāṃśā ivaiva te bhavanti /
ChU, 7, 7, 1.2 vijñānena vā ṛgvedaṃ vijānāti yajurvedaṃ sāmavedam ātharvaṇaṃ caturtham itihāsapurāṇaṃ pañcamaṃ vedānāṃ vedaṃ pitryaṃ rāśiṃ daivaṃ nidhiṃ vākovākyam ekāyanaṃ devavidyāṃ brahmavidyāṃ bhūtavidyāṃ kṣatravidyāṃ nakṣatravidyāṃ sarpadevajanavidyāṃ divaṃ ca pṛthivīṃ ca vāyuṃ cākāśaṃ cāpaś ca tejaś ca devāṃś ca
manuṣyāṃś ca paśūṃś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatīñchvāpadāny ā kīṭapataṅgapipīlakam /
ChU, 7, 8, 1.7 balena vai pṛthivī tiṣṭhati balenāntarikṣaṃ balena dyaur balena parvatā balena
devamanuṣyā balena paśavaś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatayaḥ śvāpadāny ā kīṭapataṅgapipīlakam /
ChU, 7, 10, 1.4 āpa evemā mūrtā yeyaṃ pṛthivī yad antarikṣaṃ yad dyaur yat parvatā yad
devamanuṣyā yat paśavaś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatayaḥ śvāpadāny ā kīṭapataṅgapipīlakam /
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
Gautamadharmasūtra
GautDhS, 1, 8, 2.1 tayoś caturvidhasya
manuṣyajātasyāntaḥsaṃjñānāṃ calanapatanasarpaṇānām āyattaṃ jīvanam //
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
GobhGS, 1, 7, 5.0 triḥphalīkṛtāṃs taṇḍulān trir devebhyaḥ prakṣālayed ity āhur dvir
manuṣyebhyaḥ sakṛt pitṛbhya iti //
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
GB, 1, 2, 22, 8.0 yad vai yajñe brāhmyaṃ havir na nirupyetānṛjavaḥ prājāpatyahaviṣo
manuṣyā jāyeran //
GB, 2, 1, 11, 11.0 devalokam eva pūrvayāvarunddhe
manuṣyalokam uttarayā bhūyaso yajñakratūn upaitya //
GB, 2, 1, 25, 16.0 atha yad adhvaryuḥ pitṛbhyo nipṛṇāti jīvān eva tat pitṝn anu
manuṣyāḥ pitaro 'nupravahanti //
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
HirGS, 1, 8, 4.0 vyāhṛtibhiḥ samidho 'bhyādadhāty ekaikaśaḥ samastābhiś caiṣā te agne samit tayā vardhasva cā ca pyāyasva vardhiṣīmahi ca vayam ā ca pyāsiṣīmahi svāhā medhāṃ ma indro dadātu medhāṃ devī sarasvatī medhāṃ me aśvināvubhāv ādhattāṃ puṣkarasrajau svāhāpsarāsu ca yā medhā gandharveṣu ca yanmano daivī medhā
manuṣyajā sā māṃ medhā surabhirjuṣatāṃ svāhā ā māṃ medhā surabhir viśvarūpā hiraṇyavarṇā jagatī jagamyā ūrjasvatī payasā pinvamānā sā māṃ medhā supratīkā juṣatāṃ svāheti //
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
JaimGS, 1, 2, 8.0 uttarato 'gneḥ praṇītāḥ praṇīya darbhaiḥ pracchādya dakṣiṇato 'gneḥ prastaraṃ nidhāya prastarasyopariṣṭāt pavitre nidhāya virūpākṣaṃ japaty oṃ tapaśca tejaśca satyaṃ cātmā ca dhṛtiśca dharmaśca sattvaṃ ca tyāgaśca brahmā ca brahma ca tāni prapadye tāni mām avantu bhūr bhuvaḥ svar oṃ mahāntam ātmānam adhyārohāmi virūpākṣo 'si dantāñjistasya te śayyā parṇe gṛhā antarikṣe te vimitaṃ hiraṇmayaṃ tad devānāṃ hṛdayānyayasmaye kumbhe antaḥ saṃnihitāni tāni balabhūśca baladhā ca rakṣa ṇo mā pramadaḥ satyaṃ te dvādaśa putrāste tvā saṃvatsare saṃvatsare kāmapreṇa yajñena yājayitvā punar brahmacaryam upayanti tvaṃ devānāṃ brāhmaṇo 'syahaṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ brāhmaṇo vai brāhmaṇam upadhāvati taṃ tvopadhāvāmi japantaṃ mā mā pratijāpsīr juhvantaṃ mā mā pratihauṣīḥ kurvantaṃ mā mā pratikārṣīstvāṃ prapadye tvayā prasūta idaṃ karma kariṣyāmi tanme samṛdhyatāṃ virūpākṣāya dantāñjaye brahmaṇaḥ putrāya jyeṣṭhāya śreṣṭhāyāmoghāya karmādhipataye nama iti //
JaimGS, 1, 18, 18.0 vanaspatīnāṃ gandho 'si puṇyagandha puṇyaṃ me gandhaṃ kuru
devamanuṣyeṣu taṃ tvābhihare dīrghāyuṣṭvāya varcasa iti //
JaimGS, 1, 18, 20.0 vanaspatīnāṃ puṣpam asi puṇyagandha puṇyaṃ me gandhaṃ kuru
devamanuṣyeṣu taṃ tvābhihare dīrghāyuṣṭvāya varcasa iti //
JaimGS, 1, 18, 21.0 ādarśo 'sītyādarśa ātmānaṃ vīkṣetādarśo 'sy ā mā dṛśyāsan
devamanuṣyā ubhaye śobho 'si śobhāsam ahaṃ devamanuṣyeṣu roco 'si rocāsam ahaṃ devamanuṣyeṣviti //
JaimGS, 1, 18, 21.0 ādarśo 'sītyādarśa ātmānaṃ vīkṣetādarśo 'sy ā mā dṛśyāsan devamanuṣyā ubhaye śobho 'si śobhāsam ahaṃ
devamanuṣyeṣu roco 'si rocāsam ahaṃ devamanuṣyeṣviti //
JaimGS, 1, 18, 21.0 ādarśo 'sītyādarśa ātmānaṃ vīkṣetādarśo 'sy ā mā dṛśyāsan devamanuṣyā ubhaye śobho 'si śobhāsam ahaṃ devamanuṣyeṣu roco 'si rocāsam ahaṃ
devamanuṣyeṣviti //
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
JUB, 1, 7, 3.3 guhā trīṇi nihitā neṅgayanti turīyaṃ vāco
manuṣyā vadantīti //
JUB, 1, 31, 3.2 sa ya evam etat saptavidhaṃ sāma veda yat kiṃ ca prācyāṃ diśi yā devatā ye
manuṣyā ye paśavo yad annādyaṃ tat sarvaṃ hiṅkāreṇāpnoti //
JUB, 1, 31, 9.1 atha yad asyāṃ diśi yā devatā ye
manuṣyā ye paśavo yad annādyaṃ tat sarvaṃ nidhanenāpnoti //
JUB, 1, 40, 1.2 guhā trīṇi nihitā neṅgayanti turīyaṃ vāco
manuṣyā vadantīti //
JUB, 1, 41, 1.1 tena haitenāsunā devā jīvanti pitaro jīvanti
manuṣyā jīvanti paśavo jīvanti gandharvāpsaraso jīvanti sarvam idaṃ jīvati //
JUB, 2, 7, 2.2 bambenājadviṣeṇa pitaro dakṣiṇato 'yaṃ ta udgāyatv ity uśanasā kāvyenāsurāḥ paścād ayaṃ ta udgāyatv ity ayāsyenāṅgirasena
manuṣyā uttarato 'yaṃ ta udgāyatv iti //
JUB, 2, 7, 11.1 sa hovāca devān eva devaloke dadhyām
manuṣyān manuṣyaloke pitṝn pitṛloke nudeyāsmāllokād asurān svargam u tvāṃ lokaṃ gamayeyam iti //
JUB, 2, 7, 11.1 sa hovāca devān eva devaloke dadhyām manuṣyān
manuṣyaloke pitṝn pitṛloke nudeyāsmāllokād asurān svargam u tvāṃ lokaṃ gamayeyam iti //
JUB, 2, 8, 3.2 sa prāṇena devān devaloke 'dadhād apānena
manuṣyān manuṣyaloke vyānena pitṝn pitṛloke hiṅkāreṇa vajreṇāsmāllokād asurān anudata //
JUB, 2, 8, 3.2 sa prāṇena devān devaloke 'dadhād apānena manuṣyān
manuṣyaloke vyānena pitṝn pitṛloke hiṅkāreṇa vajreṇāsmāllokād asurān anudata //
JUB, 2, 8, 9.1 sa ya evaṃ vidvān udgāyati prāṇenaiva devān devaloke dadhāty apānena
manuṣyān manuṣyaloke vyānena pitṝn pitṛloke hiṅkāreṇaiva vajreṇāsmāllokād dviṣantam bhrātṛvyaṃ nudate //
JUB, 2, 8, 9.1 sa ya evaṃ vidvān udgāyati prāṇenaiva devān devaloke dadhāty apānena manuṣyān
manuṣyaloke vyānena pitṝn pitṛloke hiṅkāreṇaiva vajreṇāsmāllokād dviṣantam bhrātṛvyaṃ nudate //
JUB, 3, 5, 1.1 evaṃ haitasmin sarvam idaṃ samprotaṃ gandharvāpsarasaḥ paśavo
manuṣyāḥ //
JUB, 3, 14, 6.2 yad u ha vā asmiṃl loke
manuṣyā yajante yat sādhu kurvanti tad eṣām ūrdhvam annādyam utsīdati /
JUB, 4, 5, 2.1 aśnasu somo rājā niśāyām pitṛrājaḥ svapne
manuṣyān praviśasi payasā paśūn //
JUB, 4, 7, 4.1 atha hovāca yadviduṣaḥ sūdgātā suhotā svadhvaryuḥ sumānuṣavid ājāyata iti yo vai
manuṣyasya sambhūtiṃ vedeti hovāca tasya sūdgātā suhotā svadhvaryuḥ sumānuṣavid ājāyata iti prāṇā u ha vāva rājan manuṣyasya sambhūtir eveti //
JUB, 4, 7, 4.1 atha hovāca yadviduṣaḥ sūdgātā suhotā svadhvaryuḥ sumānuṣavid ājāyata iti yo vai manuṣyasya sambhūtiṃ vedeti hovāca tasya sūdgātā suhotā svadhvaryuḥ sumānuṣavid ājāyata iti prāṇā u ha vāva rājan
manuṣyasya sambhūtir eveti //
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
JB, 1, 37, 9.0 tad dvādaśāhaṃ hutvā pūrvebhyo
manuṣyebhyaḥ pratyūhya svargamveva lokam abhyuccakramuḥ //
JB, 1, 38, 16.0 tad vai tad agnihotraṃ dvādaśāham eva pūrve
manuṣyā juhavāṃcakruḥ //
JB, 1, 61, 2.0 tam u haika ulmukād eva nirmanthanti yato vai
manuṣyasyāntato naśyati tato vāva sa tasya prāyaścittim icchata iti vadantaḥ //
JB, 1, 68, 4.0 sa śīrṣata eva mukhatas trivṛtaṃ stomam asṛjata gāyatrīṃ chando rathantaraṃ sāmāgniṃ devatāṃ brāhmaṇaṃ
manuṣyam ajaṃ paśum //
JB, 1, 68, 8.0 sa bāhubhyām evorasaḥ pañcadaśaṃ stomam asṛjata triṣṭubhaṃ chando bṛhat sāmendraṃ devatāṃ rājanyaṃ
manuṣyam aśvaṃ paśum //
JB, 1, 69, 1.0 sa udarād eva madhyataḥ saptadaśaṃ stomam asṛjata jagatīṃ chando vāmadevyaṃ sāma viśvān devān devatāṃ vaiśyaṃ
manuṣyaṃ gāṃ paśum //
JB, 1, 69, 5.0 sa padbhyām eva pratiṣṭhāyā ekaviṃśaṃ stomam asṛjatānuṣṭubhaṃ chando yajñāyajñīyaṃ sāma na kāṃcana devatāṃ śūdraṃ
manuṣyam aviṃ paśum //
JB, 1, 94, 6.0 eta ity eva devān asṛjata asṛgram iti
manuṣyān indava iti pitṝṃs tiraḥ pavitram iti grahān āśava iti stomān viśvānīty ukthāny abhi saubhagety evainā jātāḥ saubhāgyenābhyānak //
JB, 1, 98, 4.0 ugradevo ha smāha rājanir nāhaṃ
manuṣyāyārātīyāmi yān asmai trīn devānāṃ śreṣṭhān arātīyato 'śṛṇom //
JB, 1, 124, 8.0 yaddhi devebhyaḥ sarvam annādyaṃ pradīyeta na tad ihānnādyaṃ pariśiṣyeta yan
manuṣyāś ca paśavaś copajīveyuḥ //
JB, 1, 154, 18.0 devāḥ pitaro
manuṣyās te 'nyata āsann asurā rakṣāṃsi piśācā anyataḥ //
JB, 1, 154, 22.0 ta imān lokān vyabhajanta devalokam eva devā abhajanta pitṛlokaṃ pitaro
manuṣyalokaṃ manuṣyāḥ //
JB, 1, 154, 22.0 ta imān lokān vyabhajanta devalokam eva devā abhajanta pitṛlokaṃ pitaro manuṣyalokaṃ
manuṣyāḥ //
JB, 1, 258, 21.0 tad āhur yad ūrdhvo yajñas tāyeta devā eva jīveyur na
manuṣyāḥ //
JB, 1, 270, 30.0 etad vai devadhuraś ca
manuṣyadhuraś ca saṃdhāya taṃ mṛtyuṃ tarati yaḥ svargaloke //
JB, 1, 274, 9.0 yo vai devāṃś ca
manuṣyāṃś ca vyāvartayati vi pāpmanāvartate //
JB, 1, 274, 17.0 etad vai devāṃś ca
manuṣyāṃś ca vyāvartayati vi pāpmanāvartate ya evaṃ veda //
JB, 1, 277, 4.0 yo vai devān
manuṣyeṣv ābhaktān veda manuṣyān u deveṣv ābhakta eva deveṣu bhavaty ābhakto manuṣyeṣu //
JB, 1, 277, 4.0 yo vai devān manuṣyeṣv ābhaktān veda
manuṣyān u deveṣv ābhakta eva deveṣu bhavaty ābhakto manuṣyeṣu //
JB, 1, 277, 4.0 yo vai devān manuṣyeṣv ābhaktān veda manuṣyān u deveṣv ābhakta eva deveṣu bhavaty ābhakto
manuṣyeṣu //
JB, 1, 277, 11.0 tad yat pavamānasāmāni parāñcy eva bhavanty atheyam ṛg anuniveṣṭate tena devā
manuṣyeṣv ābhaktāḥ //
JB, 1, 277, 12.0 atha yad abhyāvartiṣv ṛcaṃ niveṣṭamānāṃ sāmānuniveṣṭate teno
manuṣyā deveṣv ābhaktāḥ //
JB, 1, 277, 13.0 sa ya etad evaṃ vedābhakta eva deveṣu bhavaty ābhakto
manuṣyeṣu //
JB, 1, 278, 1.0 yo vai devarūpaṃ ca
manuṣyarūpaṃ ca vyāvartayati vi pāpmanāvartate //
JB, 1, 278, 6.0 etad vai devarūpaṃ ca
manuṣyarūpaṃ ca vyāvartayati vi pāpmanāvartate ya evaṃ veda //
JB, 1, 279, 1.0 yo vai devayaśasaṃ ca
manuṣyayaśasaṃ ca veda yaśa eva deveṣu gacchati yaśo manuṣyeṣu //
JB, 1, 279, 1.0 yo vai devayaśasaṃ ca manuṣyayaśasaṃ ca veda yaśa eva deveṣu gacchati yaśo
manuṣyeṣu //
JB, 1, 279, 9.0 sa ya evam etad devayaśasaṃ ca
manuṣyayaśasaṃ ca veda yaśa eva deveṣu gacchati yaśo manuṣyeṣu //
JB, 1, 279, 9.0 sa ya evam etad devayaśasaṃ ca manuṣyayaśasaṃ ca veda yaśa eva deveṣu gacchati yaśo
manuṣyeṣu //
JB, 1, 359, 1.0 tad āhur yat pūrvapakṣaṃ
manuṣyāḥ sunvanty aparapakṣaṃ devā atha sattriṇa ubhau pūrvapakṣāparapakṣau sunvanta āsate yo nvāvaikena manuṣyeṇa saṃsunoti taṃ nv eva paricakṣate //
JB, 1, 359, 1.0 tad āhur yat pūrvapakṣaṃ manuṣyāḥ sunvanty aparapakṣaṃ devā atha sattriṇa ubhau pūrvapakṣāparapakṣau sunvanta āsate yo nvāvaikena
manuṣyeṇa saṃsunoti taṃ nv eva paricakṣate //
JB, 1, 359, 4.0 sa brūyād amuṃ vai lokaṃ
manuṣyāḥ pūrvapakṣe vardhayanty amum āpyāyayanty amuṃ prajanayanti //
JB, 2, 23, 10.0 sa brūyān
manuṣyā bhūtā dīkṣante devā bhūtvottiṣṭhantīti //
JB, 2, 155, 21.0 atha hābhiyugvāno nāmāṣṭau devānāṃ sahacarā āsur aṣṭau pitṝṇām aṣṭau
manuṣyāṇām aṣṭāv asurāṇām //
Kauśikasūtra
KauśS, 8, 4, 2.0 dvitīyaṃ tat pāpacailaṃ bhavati tan
manuṣyādhamāya dadyād ity eke //
KauśS, 11, 10, 18.1 yo ha yajate taṃ devā vidur yo dadāti taṃ
manuṣyā yaḥ śrāddhāni kurute taṃ pitaras taṃ pitaraḥ //
KauśS, 13, 13, 1.1 atha yatraitad daivatāni nṛtyanti cyotanti hasanti gāyanti vānyāni vā rūpāṇi kurvanti ya āsurā
manuṣyā mā no vidan namo devavadhebhya iti abhayair juhuyāt //
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
KauṣB, 7, 8, 6.0 tasmād asyām ūrdhvā oṣadhaya ūrdhvā vanaspataya ūrdhvā
manuṣyā uttiṣṭhanti //
KauṣB, 10, 7, 7.0 daivyāḥ śamitāra uta ca
manuṣyā ārabhadhvam upanayata medhyādura āśāsānā medhapatibhyāṃ medham iti //
KauṣB, 11, 2, 29.0 tad yathā ha vā asmiṃlloke
manuṣyāḥ paśūn aśnanti yathaibhir bhuñjata evam evāmuṣmiṃlloke paśavo manuṣyān aśnanty evam ebhir bhuñjate //
KauṣB, 11, 2, 29.0 tad yathā ha vā asmiṃlloke manuṣyāḥ paśūn aśnanti yathaibhir bhuñjata evam evāmuṣmiṃlloke paśavo
manuṣyān aśnanty evam ebhir bhuñjate //
Kaṭhopaniṣad
KaṭhUp, 1, 20.1 yeyaṃ prete vicikitsā
manuṣye astīty eke nāyam astīti caike /
KaṭhUp, 1, 25.2 imā rāmāḥ sarathāḥ satūryā na hīdṛśā lambhanīyā
manuṣyaiḥ /
KaṭhUp, 1, 27.1 na vittena tarpaṇīyo
manuṣyo lapsyāmahe vittam adrākṣma cet tvā /
KaṭhUp, 2, 2.1 śreyaś ca preyaś ca
manuṣyam etas tau samparītya vivinakti dhīraḥ /
KaṭhUp, 2, 3.2 naitāṃ sṛṅkāṃ vittamayīm avāpto yasyāṃ majjanti bahavo
manuṣyāḥ //
KaṭhUp, 4, 8.2 dive diva īḍyo jāgṛvadbhir haviṣmadbhir
manuṣyebhir agniḥ /
Khādiragṛhyasūtra
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
KātyŚS, 6, 4, 3.0 pravṛtya hotāram āśrāvyāhāgnir ha daivīnāṃ viśāṃ puraetāyaṃ yajamāno
manuṣyāṇāṃ sunvann iti sutye tayor asthūri gārhapatyaṃ dīdayacchataṃ himā dvā yū rādhāṃsīt saṃpṛñcānāv asaṃpṛñcānau tanva iti //
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
KāṭhGS, 41, 23.10 yad brāhmaṇasya brahmaṇi vrataṃ yad agneḥ sendrasya saprajāpatikasya sarṣikasya sapitṛkasya
samanuṣyasya samanuṣyarājanyasya sagandharvāpsarojanaskasya sasarpetarajanaskasya sauṣadhivanaspatikasya saha grāmyaiḥ paśubhir āraṇyaiś ca sākāśasya saprakāśasya sātīkāśasya sānūkāśasya saha yan ma ātmana ātmani vrataṃ tan me sarvavratam /
KāṭhGS, 41, 23.10 yad brāhmaṇasya brahmaṇi vrataṃ yad agneḥ sendrasya saprajāpatikasya sarṣikasya sapitṛkasya samanuṣyasya
samanuṣyarājanyasya sagandharvāpsarojanaskasya sasarpetarajanaskasya sauṣadhivanaspatikasya saha grāmyaiḥ paśubhir āraṇyaiś ca sākāśasya saprakāśasya sātīkāśasya sānūkāśasya saha yan ma ātmana ātmani vrataṃ tan me sarvavratam /
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
KS, 6, 7, 1.0 vācā vai saha
manuṣyā ajāyantarte vāco devāś cāsurāś ca //
KS, 6, 8, 5.0 yasya hy eṣāvaruddhā sa
manuṣyāṇāṃ śreṣṭho bhavati //
KS, 7, 6, 4.0 gāyatryā vasavas triṣṭubhā rudrā jagatyādityā ambhas stheti paśavaḥ indhānā iti
manuṣyāḥ //
KS, 8, 1, 25.0 eṣa vai
manuṣyasya svargo loko yad asmiṃl loke vasīyān bhavati //
KS, 8, 4, 39.0 tathā te 'gnim ādhāsyāmi yathā
manuṣyā devān upa prajaniṣyanta iti //
KS, 9, 12, 60.0 trayastriṃśena ca ha vā idaṃ saptahotrā ca saṃtataṃ yad idaṃ
devamanuṣyā anyonyasmai pradadati //
KS, 11, 4, 74.0 eṣa vai
manuṣyasya svargo loko yad asmiṃl loke vasīyān bhavati //
KS, 11, 4, 79.0 asau vā ādityo 'nto 'ntaṃ
manuṣyaś śriyo gatvā nivartate //
KS, 19, 4, 51.0 sīda hotar iti devatā evāsmin saṃsādayati ni hoteti
manuṣyān eva saṃsīdasveti vayāṃsy eva //
KS, 19, 4, 52.0 janiṣṭa hi jenyo agre ahnām iti
devamanuṣyān evāsmin saṃsannān prajanayati //
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
MS, 1, 2, 13, 6.5 etat tvaṃ deva soma devān upāvṛtedam ahaṃ
manuṣyānt saha rāyaspoṣeṇa prajayā copāvarte /
MS, 1, 6, 9, 2.0 phalgunīpūrṇamāso vā ṛtūnāṃ mukham agnir devatānāṃ brāhmaṇo
manuṣyāṇām //
MS, 1, 9, 5, 18.0 saptahotrā ca vā idaṃ saṃtataṃ trayastriṃśena ca yad idaṃ
devamanuṣyā anyo 'nyasmai samprayacchate //
MS, 3, 6, 9, 18.0 daivīṃ dhiyaṃ manāmahā iti yajuṣā hastā avanenikte yajuṣā hi
manuṣyā avanenijate vyāvṛttyai brahmaṇaḥ sadevatvāya //
Muṇḍakopaniṣad
MuṇḍU, 2, 1, 7.1 tasmācca devā bahudhā samprasūtāḥ sādhyā
manuṣyāḥ paśavo vayāṃsi /
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
MānGS, 2, 16, 3.6 sarpo 'si sarpāṇām adhipatir annena
manuṣyāṃs trāyase 'pūpena sarpān /
Nirukta
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
PB, 1, 6, 10.0 devakṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi pitṛkṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi
manuṣyakṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asy asmatkṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi yad divā ca naktaṃ cainaś cakṛma tasyāvayajanam asi yat svapantaś ca jāgrataś cainaś cakṛma tasyāvayajanam asi yad vidvāṃsaś cāvidvāṃsaś cainaś cakṛma tasyāvayajanam asy enasa enaso 'vayajanam asi //
PB, 6, 1, 6.0 so 'kāmayata yajñaṃ sṛjeyeti sa mukhata eva trivṛtam asṛjata taṃ gāyatrīchando 'nvasṛjyatāgnir devatā brāhmaṇo
manuṣyo vasanta ṛtus tasmāt trivṛt stomānāṃ mukhaṃ gāyatrī chandasām agnir devatānāṃ brāhmaṇo manuṣyāṇāṃ vasanta ṛtūnāṃ tasmād brāhmaṇo mukhena vīryaṃ karoti mukhato hi sṛṣṭaḥ //
PB, 6, 1, 6.0 so 'kāmayata yajñaṃ sṛjeyeti sa mukhata eva trivṛtam asṛjata taṃ gāyatrīchando 'nvasṛjyatāgnir devatā brāhmaṇo manuṣyo vasanta ṛtus tasmāt trivṛt stomānāṃ mukhaṃ gāyatrī chandasām agnir devatānāṃ brāhmaṇo
manuṣyāṇāṃ vasanta ṛtūnāṃ tasmād brāhmaṇo mukhena vīryaṃ karoti mukhato hi sṛṣṭaḥ //
PB, 6, 1, 8.0 sa urasta eva bāhubhyāṃ pañcadaśam asṛjata taṃ triṣṭupchando 'nvasṛjyatendro devatā rājanyo
manuṣyo grīṣma ṛtus tasmād rājanyasya pañcadaśa stomas triṣṭup chanda indro devatā grīṣma ṛtus tasmād u bāhuvīryo bāhubhyāṃ hi sṛṣṭaḥ //
PB, 6, 1, 10.0 sa madhyata eva prajananāt saptadaśam asṛjata taṃ jagatīchando 'nvasṛjyata viśve devā devatā vaiśyo
manuṣyo varṣā ṛtus tasmād vaiśyo 'dyamāno na kṣīyate prajananāddhi sṛṣṭas tasmād u bahupaśur vaiśvadevo hi jāgato varṣā hy asyartus tasmād brāhmaṇasya ca rājanyasya cādyo 'dharo hi sṛṣṭaḥ //
PB, 6, 1, 11.0 sa patta eva pratiṣṭhāyā ekaviṃśam asṛjata tam anuṣṭupchando 'nvasṛjyata na kācana devatā śūdro
manuṣyas tasmācchūdra uta bahupaśur ayajñiyo videvo hi na hi taṃ kācana devatā 'nvasṛjyata tasmāt pādāvanejyaṃ nātivardhate patto hi sṛṣṭas tasmād ekaviṃśa stomānāṃ pratiṣṭhā pratiṣṭhāyā hi sṛṣṭas tasmād anuṣṭubhaṃ chandāṃsi nānuvyūhanti //
PB, 6, 5, 9.0 brāhmaṇaṃ pātre na mīmāṃseta yaṃ brāhmaṇam iva manyate pra devapātram āpnoti na
manuṣyapātrāc chidyate //
PB, 6, 5, 10.0 vāg vai devebhyo 'pakrāmat sāpaḥ prāviśat tāṃ devāḥ punar ayācaṃs tā abruvan yat punar dadyāma kiṃ nas tataḥ syād iti yat kāmayadhva ity abruvaṃs tā abruvan yad evāsmāsu
manuṣyā apūtaṃ praveśayāṃs tenāsaṃsṛṣṭā asāmeti //
PB, 6, 9, 15.0 eta iti vai prajāpatir devān asṛjatāsṛgram iti
manuṣyān indava iti pitṝṃs tiraḥ pavitra iti grahān āśava iti stotraṃ viśvānīti śastram abhi saubhagety anyāḥ prajāḥ //
PB, 10, 5, 15.0 oko vai devānāṃ dvādaśāho yatho vai
manuṣyā imaṃ lokam āviṣṭā evaṃ devatā dvādaśāham āviṣṭā devatā ha vā etena yajate ya evaṃ vidvān dvādaśāhena yajate //
PB, 12, 1, 4.0 eta iti vai prajāpatir devān asṛjatāsṛgram iti
manuṣyān indava iti pitṝṃs tad eva tad abhivadati //
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
PārGS, 1, 4, 16.5 tṛtīyo 'gniṣṭe patis turīyas te
manuṣyajāḥ somo 'dadad gandharvāya gandharvo 'dadad agnaye /
PārGS, 2, 4, 2.0 pāṇināgniṃ parisamūhati agne suśravaḥ suśravasaṃ mā kuru yathā tvam agne suśravaḥ suśravā asyevaṃ māṃ suśravaḥ sauśravasaṃ kuru yathā tvamagne devānāṃ yajñasya nidhipā asyevamahaṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ vedasya nidhipo bhūyāsamiti //
PārGS, 2, 9, 16.0 aharahaḥ svāhākuryād annābhāve kenacid ā kāṣṭhād devebhyaḥ pitṛbhyo
manuṣyebhyaścodapātrāt //
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
SVidhB, 1, 1, 10.1 yo 'vareṣāṃ prathamas taṃ
manuṣyāḥ yo dvitīyas taṃ gandharvāpsaraso yas tṛtīyas taṃ paśavo yaś caturthas taṃ pitaro ye cāṇḍeṣu śerate yaḥ pañcamas tam asurarakṣāṃsi yo 'ntyas tam oṣadhayo vanaspatayo yac cānyaj jagat /
SVidhB, 1, 8, 13.0 manuṣyeṣv abhivāteṣu ghṛtāktānāṃ yavānām āḍhakaṃ juhuyād agne tvaṃ no antama iti caturvargeṇa sāmānteṣu svāhākārair agnaye svāhā vāyave svāhā sūryāya svāhā candrāya svāheti ca snehavad amāṃsam annaṃ brāhmaṇān bhojayitvā svasti vācayitvā svasti haiṣāṃ bhavati //
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
TS, 1, 3, 4, 4.5 etat tvaṃ soma devo devān upāgā idam aham
manuṣyo manuṣyānt saha prajayā saha rāyaspoṣeṇa /
TS, 1, 3, 4, 4.5 etat tvaṃ soma devo devān upāgā idam aham manuṣyo
manuṣyānt saha prajayā saha rāyaspoṣeṇa /
TS, 1, 3, 6, 5.3 parivīr asi pari tvā daivīr viśo vyayantām parīmaṃ rāyaspoṣo yajamānam
manuṣyāḥ /
TS, 1, 5, 9, 45.1 manuṣyāyen nvai yo 'harahar āhṛtyāthainaṃ yācati sa in nvai tam upārcchati //
TS, 1, 7, 2, 3.1 tām upāhva iti hovāca yā prāṇena devān dādhāra vyānena
manuṣyān apānena pitṝn iti //
TS, 2, 2, 9, 3.3 agner vai cakṣuṣā
manuṣyā vipaśyanti yajñasya devā agniṃ caiva viṣṇuṃ ca svena bhāgadheyenopadhāvati /
TS, 3, 1, 9, 1.1 yo vai devān devayaśasenārpayati
manuṣyān manuṣyayaśasena devayaśasy eva deveṣu bhavati manuṣyayaśasī manuṣyeṣu /
TS, 3, 1, 9, 1.1 yo vai devān devayaśasenārpayati manuṣyān
manuṣyayaśasena devayaśasy eva deveṣu bhavati manuṣyayaśasī manuṣyeṣu /
TS, 3, 1, 9, 1.1 yo vai devān devayaśasenārpayati manuṣyān manuṣyayaśasena devayaśasy eva deveṣu bhavati
manuṣyayaśasī manuṣyeṣu /
TS, 3, 1, 9, 1.1 yo vai devān devayaśasenārpayati manuṣyān manuṣyayaśasena devayaśasy eva deveṣu bhavati manuṣyayaśasī
manuṣyeṣu /
TS, 3, 1, 9, 1.2 yān prācīnam āgrayaṇād grahān gṛhṇīyāt tān upāṃśu gṛhṇīyād yān ūrdhvāṃs tān upabdimato devān eva tad devayaśasenārpayati
manuṣyān manuṣyayaśasena devayaśasy eva deveṣu bhavati manuṣyayaśasī manuṣyeṣu /
TS, 3, 1, 9, 1.2 yān prācīnam āgrayaṇād grahān gṛhṇīyāt tān upāṃśu gṛhṇīyād yān ūrdhvāṃs tān upabdimato devān eva tad devayaśasenārpayati manuṣyān
manuṣyayaśasena devayaśasy eva deveṣu bhavati manuṣyayaśasī manuṣyeṣu /
TS, 3, 1, 9, 1.2 yān prācīnam āgrayaṇād grahān gṛhṇīyāt tān upāṃśu gṛhṇīyād yān ūrdhvāṃs tān upabdimato devān eva tad devayaśasenārpayati manuṣyān manuṣyayaśasena devayaśasy eva deveṣu bhavati
manuṣyayaśasī manuṣyeṣu /
TS, 3, 1, 9, 1.2 yān prācīnam āgrayaṇād grahān gṛhṇīyāt tān upāṃśu gṛhṇīyād yān ūrdhvāṃs tān upabdimato devān eva tad devayaśasenārpayati manuṣyān manuṣyayaśasena devayaśasy eva deveṣu bhavati manuṣyayaśasī
manuṣyeṣu /
TS, 5, 4, 10, 1.0 suvargāya vai lokāya devaratho yujyate yatrākūtāya
manuṣyarathaḥ //
TS, 6, 1, 1, 2.0 devamanuṣyā diśo vyabhajanta prācīṃ devā dakṣiṇā pitaraḥ pratīcīm manuṣyāḥ udīcīṃ rudrāḥ //
TS, 6, 1, 1, 2.0 devamanuṣyā diśo vyabhajanta prācīṃ devā dakṣiṇā pitaraḥ pratīcīm
manuṣyāḥ udīcīṃ rudrāḥ //
TS, 6, 1, 3, 5.2 vajro vai śarāḥ kṣut khalu vai
manuṣyasya bhrātṛvyo yac charamayī mekhalā bhavati vajreṇaiva sākṣāt kṣudham bhrātṛvyam madhyato 'pahate /
TS, 6, 3, 4, 6.3 pitṝṇāṃ nikhātam
manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ nikhātād ā raśanāyā oṣadhīnāṃ raśanā viśveṣām //
TS, 6, 3, 4, 7.2 yajñena vai devāḥ suvargaṃ lokam āyan te 'manyanta
manuṣyā no 'nvābhaviṣyantīti te yūpena yopayitvā suvargaṃ lokam āyan tam ṛṣayo yūpenaivānuprājānan tad yūpasya yūpatvam //
TS, 6, 3, 9, 2.2 pārśvata āchyati madhyato hi
manuṣyā āchyanti tiraścīnam āchyaty anūcīnaṃ hi manuṣyā āchyanti vyāvṛttyai /
TS, 6, 3, 9, 2.2 pārśvata āchyati madhyato hi manuṣyā āchyanti tiraścīnam āchyaty anūcīnaṃ hi
manuṣyā āchyanti vyāvṛttyai /
TS, 6, 3, 10, 2.3 manuṣyā no 'nvābhaviṣyantīti tasya śiraś chittvā medham prākṣārayant sa prakṣo 'bhavat tat prakṣasya prakṣatvaṃ yat plakṣaśākhottarabarhir bhavati samedhasyaiva //
TS, 6, 6, 4, 5.0 yad antarvedi minuyād devalokam abhijayed yad bahirvedi
manuṣyalokam //
TS, 6, 6, 4, 7.0 uparasaṃmitām minuyāt pitṛlokakāmasya raśanasaṃmitām
manuṣyalokakāmasya caṣālasaṃmitām indriyakāmasya sarvānt samān pratiṣṭhākāmasya //
Taittirīyopaniṣad
TU, 2, 8, 2.1 sa eko
manuṣyagandharvāṇāmānandaḥ śrotriyasya cākāmahatasya /
TU, 2, 8, 2.2 te ye śataṃ
manuṣyagandharvāṇāmānandāḥ sa eko devagandharvāṇāmānandaḥ śrotriyasya cākāmahatasya /
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
TĀ, 5, 5, 3.7 rucito 'haṃ
manuṣyeṣv āyuṣmāṃs tejasvī brahmavarcasī bhūyāsam ity āha /
TĀ, 5, 5, 3.8 rucita evaiṣa
manuṣyeṣv āyuṣmāṃs tejasvī brahmavarcasī bhavati /
Vaitānasūtra
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
VasDhS, 9, 12.0 dadyād
devapitṛmanuṣyebhyaḥ sa gacchet svargam ānantyam ity ānantyam //
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
VSM, 5, 39.2 etat tvaṃ deva soma devo devāṁ upāgā idam ahaṃ
manuṣyānt saha rāyaspoṣeṇa /
VSM, 6, 6.1 parivīr asi pari tvā daivīr viśo vyayantāṃ parīmaṃ yajamānaṃ rāyo
manuṣyāṇām /
VSM, 8, 38.5 agne varcasvin varcasvāṃs tvaṃ deveṣv asi varcasvān ahaṃ
manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam //
VSM, 8, 39.5 indraujiṣṭhaujiṣṭhas tvaṃ deveṣv asy ojiṣṭho 'haṃ
manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam //
VSM, 8, 40.5 sūrya bhrājiṣṭha bhrājiṣṭhas tvaṃ deveṣv asi bhrājiṣṭho 'haṃ
manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam //
VSM, 8, 41.5 sūrya bhrājiṣṭha bhrājiṣṭhas tvaṃ deveṣv asi bhrājiṣṭho 'haṃ
manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam //
VSM, 8, 60.1 devān divam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu
manuṣyān antarikṣam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu pitṝn pṛthivīm agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu yaṃ kaṃ ca lokam agan yajñas tato me bhadraṃ abhūt //
VSM, 9, 31.2 aśvinau dvyakṣareṇa dvipado
manuṣyān udajayatāṃ tān ujjeṣam /
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
VārGS, 5, 27.4 yathā tvaṃ devānāṃ vedasya nidhigopo 'sy evamahaṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ brahmaṇo nidhigopo bhūyāsamiti pratigṛhṇāti //
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
VārŚS, 1, 1, 5, 2.2 bṛhaspatir devānāṃ brahmāhaṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ bṛhaspate yajñaṃ gopāyāhaṃ bhūpatir ahaṃ bhuvanapatir ahaṃ mahato bhūtasya patiḥ /
VārŚS, 3, 1, 2, 24.0 divaṃ proṣṭhanīm āroha tām āruhya prapaśyaikarāṇ
manuṣyāṇām ity ārohantam anumantrayate //
VārŚS, 3, 2, 8, 3.3 anṛṇo devānām anṛṇaḥ pitṝṇāṃ
manuṣyāṇām anṛṇo bhavāmi yad akṣavṛttaṃ saṃskarādīṣṭa sarvasmād anṛṇo bhavāmīti hutveṣṭiṃ nirvapati //
Āpastambadharmasūtra
ĀpDhS, 1, 16, 14.0 svapne kṣavathau śṛṅkhāṇikāśrvālambhe lohitasya keśānām agner gavāṃ brāhmaṇasya striyāś cālambhe mahāpathaṃ ca gatvāmedhyaṃ copaspṛśyāprayataṃ ca
manuṣyaṃ nīvīṃ ca paridhāyāpa upaspṛśet //
ĀpDhS, 1, 20, 12.0 manuṣyān rasān rāgān gandhān annaṃ carma gavāṃ vaśāṃ śleṣmodake tokmakiṇve pippalimarīce dhānyaṃ māṃsam āyudhaṃ sukṛtāśāṃ ca //
ĀpDhS, 1, 20, 15.0 annena cānnasya
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca manuṣyai rasānāṃ ca rasair gandhānāṃ ca gandhair vidyayā ca vidyānām //
ĀpDhS, 1, 20, 15.0 annena cānnasya manuṣyāṇāṃ ca
manuṣyai rasānāṃ ca rasair gandhānāṃ ca gandhair vidyayā ca vidyānām //
Āpastambagṛhyasūtra
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
ĀpŚS, 7, 21, 6.7 nir mā yamasya paḍbīśāt sarvasmād devakilbiṣād atho
manuṣyakilbiṣād iti //
ĀpŚS, 7, 28, 4.1 āhutyai vā etaṃ vanaspatibhyaḥ pracyāvayanty upayajya
manuṣyāḥ prayānti /
ĀpŚS, 18, 6, 4.1 divaṃ proṣṭhinīm āroha tām āruhya prapaśyaikarāṇ
manuṣyāṇām ity ārohantam abhimantrayate //
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
ĀśvGS, 1, 22, 21.2 yathā tvaṃ devānāṃ yajñasya nidhipo asy evam aham
manuṣyāṇāṃ vedasya nidhipo bhūyāsam iti //
ĀśvGS, 2, 1, 10.0 pradakṣiṇaṃ parītya paścād baler upaviśya sarpo 'si sarpatāṃ sarpāṇām adhipatir asy annena
manuṣyāṃstrāyase 'pūpena sarpān yajñena devāṃs tvayi mā santaṃ tvayi santaḥ sarpā mā hiṃsiṣur dhruvāmuṃ te paridadāmi //
ĀśvGS, 3, 1, 3.0 tad yad agnau juhoti sa devayajño yad baliṃ karoti sa bhūtayajño yat pitṛbhyo dadāti sa pitṛyajño yat svādhyāyam adhīte sa brahmayajño yan
manuṣyebhyo dadāti sa manuṣyayajña iti //
ĀśvGS, 3, 9, 1.3 yad agneḥ sendrasya saprajāpatikasya saṛṣikasya saṛṣirājanyasya sapitṛkasya sapitṛrājanyasya
samanuṣyasya samanuṣyarājanyasya sākāśasya sātīkāśasya sānukāśasya sapratīkāśasya sadevamanuṣyasya sagandharvāpsaraskasya sahāraṇyaiś ca paśubhir grāmyaiśca yan ma ātmana ātmani vrataṃ tan me sarvavratam idam aham agne sarvavrato bhavāmi svāheti //
ĀśvGS, 3, 9, 1.3 yad agneḥ sendrasya saprajāpatikasya saṛṣikasya saṛṣirājanyasya sapitṛkasya sapitṛrājanyasya samanuṣyasya
samanuṣyarājanyasya sākāśasya sātīkāśasya sānukāśasya sapratīkāśasya sadevamanuṣyasya sagandharvāpsaraskasya sahāraṇyaiś ca paśubhir grāmyaiśca yan ma ātmana ātmani vrataṃ tan me sarvavratam idam aham agne sarvavrato bhavāmi svāheti //
ĀśvGS, 3, 9, 1.3 yad agneḥ sendrasya saprajāpatikasya saṛṣikasya saṛṣirājanyasya sapitṛkasya sapitṛrājanyasya samanuṣyasya samanuṣyarājanyasya sākāśasya sātīkāśasya sānukāśasya sapratīkāśasya
sadevamanuṣyasya sagandharvāpsaraskasya sahāraṇyaiś ca paśubhir grāmyaiśca yan ma ātmana ātmani vrataṃ tan me sarvavratam idam aham agne sarvavrato bhavāmi svāheti //
ĀśvGS, 4, 4, 4.0 dakṣiṇāgniś cet pūrvaṃ prāpnuyān
manuṣyaloka enaṃ prāpad iti vidyād rātsyaty asāvamutraivam ayam asminn iti putraḥ //
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 4.2 satyaṃ caivānṛtaṃ ca satyameva devā anṛtam
manuṣyā idamahamanṛtātsatyamupaimīti tanmanuṣyebhyo devānupaiti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 4.2 satyaṃ caivānṛtaṃ ca satyameva devā anṛtam manuṣyā idamahamanṛtātsatyamupaimīti
tanmanuṣyebhyo devānupaiti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 7.2 tad u hāṣāḍhaḥ sāvayaso 'naśanameva vratam mene mano ha vai devā
manuṣyasyājānanti ta enametadvratamupayantaṃ viduḥ prātarno yakṣyata iti te 'sya viśve devā gṛhān āgacchanti te 'sya gṛheṣūpavasanti sa upavasathaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 8.2 yo
manuṣyeṣv anaśnatsu pūrvo 'śnīyād atha kimu yo deveṣv anaśnatsu pūrvo 'śnīyāt tasmād u naivāśnīyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 17.2 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinorbāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmīti savitā vai devānām prasavitā tat savitṛprasūta evaitadgṛhṇāty aśvinor bāhubhyām ityaśvināvadhvaryū pūṣṇo hastābhyāmiti pūṣā bhāgadugho 'śanam pāṇibhyāmupanidhātā satyaṃ devā anṛtaṃ
manuṣyās tat satyenaivaitad gṛhṇāti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 4.2 apāgne agnim āmādaṃ jahi niṣkravyādaṃ sedhety ayaṃ vā āmād yenedam
manuṣyāḥ paktvāśnanty atha yena puruṣaṃ dahanti sa kravyād etāvevaitadubhāvato 'pahanti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 14.2 devastvā savitā śrapayatviti na vā etasya
manuṣyaḥ śrapayitā devo hyeṣa tadenaṃ deva eva savitā śrapayati varṣiṣṭhe 'dhi nāka iti devatro etadāha yadāha varṣiṣṭhe 'dhi nāka iti tamabhimṛśati śṛtaṃ vedānīti tasmādvā abhimṛśati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 4.2 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinorbāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyāmādade 'dhvarakṛtaṃ devebhya iti savitā vai devānām prasavitā tat savitṛprasūta evainametadādatte 'śvinorbāhubhyām ity aśvināvadhvaryū tat tayoreva bāhubhyām ādatte na svābhyāṃ vajro vā eṣa tasya na
manuṣyo bhartā tam etābhir devatābhir ādatte //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 17.2 prācī hi devānāṃ dig atho udakpravaṇodīcī hi
manuṣyāṇāṃ dig dakṣiṇataḥ purīṣam pratyudūhaty eṣā vai dikpitṝṇāṃ sā yaddakṣiṇāpravaṇā syāt kṣipre ha yajamāno 'muṃ lokam iyāt tatho ha yajamāno jyogjīvati tasmād dakṣiṇataḥ purīṣam pratyudūhati purīṣavatīṃ kurvīta paśavo vai purīṣam paśumatīm evainām etat kurute //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 24.2 te ha smāvamarśaṃ yajante te pāpīyāṃsa āsur atha ye nejire te śreyāṃsa āsus tato 'śraddhā
manuṣyānviveda ye yajante pāpīyāṃsaste bhavanti ya u na yajante śreyāṃsaste bhavantīti tata ito devān havirna jagāmetaḥ pradānāddhi devā upajīvanti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 25.2 bṛhaspatimāṅgirasam aśraddhā vai
manuṣyān avidat tebhyo vidhehi yajñamiti sa hetyovāca bṛhaspatir āṅgirasaḥ kathā na yajadhva iti te hocuḥ kiṃ kāmyā yajemahi ye yajante pāpīyāṃsaste bhavanti ya u na yajante śreyāṃsaste bhavantīti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 1.2 tadyatsrucaḥ saṃmārṣṭi yathā vai devānāṃ caraṇaṃ tadvā anu
manuṣyāṇāṃ tasmād yadā manuṣyāṇām pariveṣaṇam upakᄆptam bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 1.2 tadyatsrucaḥ saṃmārṣṭi yathā vai devānāṃ caraṇaṃ tadvā anu manuṣyāṇāṃ tasmād yadā
manuṣyāṇām pariveṣaṇam upakᄆptam bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 3.2 nirṇenektyevainā etannirṇiktābhiḥ pracarāṇīti tadvai dvayenaiva devebhyo nirṇenijaty ekena
manuṣyebhyo 'dbhiśca brahmaṇā ca devebhya āpo hi kuśā brahma yajur ekenaiva manuṣyebhyo 'dbhir evaivam v etan nānā bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 3.2 nirṇenektyevainā etannirṇiktābhiḥ pracarāṇīti tadvai dvayenaiva devebhyo nirṇenijaty ekena manuṣyebhyo 'dbhiśca brahmaṇā ca devebhya āpo hi kuśā brahma yajur ekenaiva
manuṣyebhyo 'dbhir evaivam v etan nānā bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 4.2 gāyatrīmevaitadarvācīṃ ca parācīṃ ca yunakti parācyaha devebhyo yajñaṃ vahaty arvācī
manuṣyānavati tasmādvā eti ca preti cānvāha //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 3.2 upastautyevaināmetanmahayatyeva yadāha devayuvaṃ viśvavārām itīḍāmahai devāṁ īḍenyān namasyāma namasyānyajāma yajñiyān itīḍāmahai tāndevānya īḍenyā namasyāma tānye namasyā yajāma yajñiyān iti
manuṣyā vā īḍenyāḥ pitaro namasyā devā yajñiyāḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 4.2 parābhūtā vai tā evamevaitadyā imāḥ prajā aparābhūtās tā yajña ābhajati
manuṣyānanu paśavo devānanu vayāṃsyoṣadhayo vanaspatayo yadidaṃ kiṃcaivam u tatsarvaṃ yajña ābhaktam //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 27.2 yadeva mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ samagacchata sa eva maitrāvaruṇo nyaṅgo brahmā devakṛtopahūteti brahmā hyeṣāṃ devakṛtopahūtopahūtā daivyā adhvaryava upahūtā
manuṣyā iti taddaivāṃścaivādhvaryūnupahvayate ye ca mānuṣā vatsā vai daivyā adhvaryavo 'tha ya itare te mānuṣāḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 8.2 chandāṃsi vā anuyājāḥ paśavo vai devānāṃ chandāṃsi tadyathedaṃ paśavo yuktā
manuṣyebhyo vahanty evaṃ chandāṃsi yuktāni devebhyo yajñaṃ vahanti tadyatra chandāṃsi devānt samatarpayann atha chandāṃsi devāḥ samatarpayaṃs tadatas tat prāg abhūd yacchandāṃsi yuktāni devebhyo yajñam avākṣur yad enānt samatītṛpan //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 2, 7.3 yam u haiva tat paśavo
manuṣyeṣu kāmam arohaṃs tam u haiva paśuṣu kāmaṃ rohati ya evaṃ vidvān rohiṇyām ādhatte //
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 13.2 agnir ha yatra devebhyo
manuṣyān abhyupāvavarta taddhekṣāṃcakre maiva sarveṇevātmanā manuṣyān abhyupāvṛtam iti //
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 13.2 agnir ha yatra devebhyo manuṣyān abhyupāvavarta taddhekṣāṃcakre maiva sarveṇevātmanā
manuṣyān abhyupāvṛtam iti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 2.2 samaṃ sadavibhraṃśi syād avibhraṃśi satprākpravaṇaṃ syāt prācī hi devānāṃ dig atho udakpravaṇam udīcī hi
manuṣyāṇāṃ dig dakṣiṇataḥ pratyucchritamiva syād eṣā vai dik pitṝṇāṃ sa yad dakṣiṇāpravaṇaṃ syāt kṣipre ha yajamāno 'muṃ lokamiyāt tatho ha yajamāno jyog jīvati tasmād dakṣiṇataḥ pratyucchritamiva syāt //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 6.2 prācī hi devānāṃ dik purastādvai devāḥ pratyañco
manuṣyān upāvṛttās tasmāt tebhyaḥ prāṅ tiṣṭhañjuhoti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 7.2 neddevānabhiprasārya śayā iti yā dakṣiṇā dik sā pitṝṇāṃ yā pratīcī sā sarpāṇāṃ yato devā uccakramuḥ saiṣāhīnā yodīcī dik sā
manuṣyāṇāṃ tasmānmānuṣa udīcīnavaṃśām eva śālāṃ vā vimitaṃ vā minvanty udīcī hi manuṣyāṇāṃ dig dīkṣitasyaiva prācīnavaṃśā nādīkṣitasya //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 7.2 neddevānabhiprasārya śayā iti yā dakṣiṇā dik sā pitṝṇāṃ yā pratīcī sā sarpāṇāṃ yato devā uccakramuḥ saiṣāhīnā yodīcī dik sā manuṣyāṇāṃ tasmānmānuṣa udīcīnavaṃśām eva śālāṃ vā vimitaṃ vā minvanty udīcī hi
manuṣyāṇāṃ dig dīkṣitasyaiva prācīnavaṃśā nādīkṣitasya //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 8.2 ned abhivarṣād iti nveva varṣā devānvā eṣa upāvartate yo dīkṣate sa devatānāmeko bhavati tira iva vai devā
manuṣyebhyas tira ivaitad yat pariśritaṃ tasmāt pariśrayanti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 8.2 ghṛtaṃ vai devānām phāṇṭam
manuṣyāṇām athaitannāhaiva ghṛtaṃ no phāṇṭaṃ syādeva ghṛtaṃ syāt phāṇṭam ayātayāmatāyai tadenam ayātayāmnaivāyātayāmānaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 11.2 asurarakṣasāni jaghnus tacchuṣṇo dānavaḥ pratyaṅ patitvā
manuṣyāṇāmakṣīṇi praviveśa sa eṣa kanīnakaḥ kumāraka iva paribhāsate tasmā evaitadyajñam upaprayantsarvato 'śmapurām paridadhātyaśmā hyāñjanam //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 3.2 imāṃ jitiṃ jigyuryaiṣāmiyaṃ jitis te hocuḥ kathaṃ na idam
manuṣyair anabhyārohyaṃ syāditi te yajñasya rasaṃ dhītvā yathā madhu madhukṛto nirdhayeyur viduhya yajñaṃ yūpena yopayitvā tiro 'bhavannatha yadenenāyopayaṃstasmādyūpo nāma //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 2.2 imāṃ jitiṃ jigyuryaiṣāmiyaṃ jitis te hocuḥ kathaṃ na idam
manuṣyair anabhyārohyaṃ syāditi te yajñasya rasaṃ dhītvā yathā madhu madhukṛto nirdhayeyurviduhya yajñaṃ yūpena yopayitvā tiro 'bhavannatha yadenenāyopayaṃs tasmādyūpo nāma //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 21.2 parivīrasi pari tvā daivīr viśo vyayantām parīmaṃ yajamānaṃ rāyo
manuṣyāṇāmiti tadyajamānāyāśiṣamāśāste yadāha parīmaṃ yajamānaṃ rāyo manuṣyāṇāmiti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 21.2 parivīrasi pari tvā daivīr viśo vyayantām parīmaṃ yajamānaṃ rāyo manuṣyāṇāmiti tadyajamānāyāśiṣamāśāste yadāha parīmaṃ yajamānaṃ rāyo
manuṣyāṇāmiti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 25.2 tena pitṛlokaṃ jayaty atha yadūrdhvaṃ nikhātād ā raśanāyai tena
manuṣyalokaṃ jayatyatha yadūrdhvaṃ raśanāyā ā caṣālāttena devalokaṃ jayatyatha yadūrdhvaṃ caṣālāddvyaṅgulaṃ vā tryaṅgulaṃ vā sādhyā iti devāstena teṣāṃ lokaṃ jayati saloko vai sādhyairdevairbhavati ya evametadveda //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 27.2 imāṃ jitiṃ jigyuryaiṣāmiyaṃ jitis te hocuḥ kathaṃ na idam
manuṣyair anabhyārohyaṃ syāditi te yajñasya rasaṃ dhītvā yathā madhu madhukṛto nirdhayeyur viduhya yajñaṃ yūpena yopayitvā tiro 'bhavann atha yadenenāyopayaṃstasmādyūpo nāma purastādvai prajñā purastānmanojavas tasmātpūrvārdhe minoti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 2.2 na vā etamagre
manuṣyo 'dhṛṣṇot sa yad evartasya pāśenaitaddevahaviḥ pratimuñcaty athainam manuṣyo dhṛṣṇoti tasmād āha dharṣā mānuṣa iti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 2.2 na vā etamagre manuṣyo 'dhṛṣṇot sa yad evartasya pāśenaitaddevahaviḥ pratimuñcaty athainam
manuṣyo dhṛṣṇoti tasmād āha dharṣā mānuṣa iti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 10.2 dvau hyatra hotārau bhavataḥ sa maitrāvaruṇāyāhaivāśrāvayati yajamānaṃ tveva pravṛṇīte 'gnirha daivīnāṃ viśām puraetety agnirhi devatānām mukhaṃ tasmādāhāgnirha daivīnāṃ viśām puraetetyayaṃ yajamāno
manuṣyāṇām iti taṃ hi so 'nvardho bhavati yasminnardhe yajate tasmād āhāyaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇām iti tayor asthūri gārhapatyaṃ dīdayacchataṃ himā dvāyū iti tayor anārtāni gārhapatyāni śataṃ varṣāṇi santv ity evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 10.2 dvau hyatra hotārau bhavataḥ sa maitrāvaruṇāyāhaivāśrāvayati yajamānaṃ tveva pravṛṇīte 'gnirha daivīnāṃ viśām puraetety agnirhi devatānām mukhaṃ tasmādāhāgnirha daivīnāṃ viśām puraetetyayaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇām iti taṃ hi so 'nvardho bhavati yasminnardhe yajate tasmād āhāyaṃ yajamāno
manuṣyāṇām iti tayor asthūri gārhapatyaṃ dīdayacchataṃ himā dvāyū iti tayor anārtāni gārhapatyāni śataṃ varṣāṇi santv ity evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 16.2 turīyaṃ turīyaṃ cenmām abībhajus turīyameva tarhi vāṅniruktaṃ vadiṣyatīti tadetatturīyaṃ vāco niruktaṃ
yanmanuṣyā vadantyathaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yatpaśavo vadanty athaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yad vayāṃsi vadanty athaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yadidaṃ kṣudraṃ sarīsṛpaṃ vadati //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 17.2 catvāri vākparimitā padāni tāni vidurbrāhmaṇā ye manīṣiṇaḥ guhā trīṇi nihitā neṅgayanti turīyaṃ vāco
manuṣyā vadantīti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 4, 12.1 teṣām bhakṣaḥ agne varcasvin varcasvāṃs tvaṃ deveṣv asi varcasvān ahaṃ
manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 4, 12.3 sūrya bhrājiṣṭha bhrājiṣṭhas tvaṃ deveṣv asi bhrājiṣṭho 'haṃ
manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam iti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 7, 8.1 atho abhy eva mṛśed devān divam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu
manuṣyān antarikṣam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu pitṝn pṛthivīm agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 6.2 puruṣo vai prajāpater nediṣṭhaṃ so 'yam atvag ete vai puruṣasyauṣadhīnāṃ nediṣṭhatamāṃ yad godhūmās teṣāṃ na tvagasti
manuṣyalokam evaitenojjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 3.2 saptadaśānnāni saṃbharanti saptadaśaḥ prajāpatiriti vadantas tad u tathā na kuryāt prajāpater nveva sarvam annam anavaruddhaṃ ka u tasmai
manuṣyo yaḥ sarvam annam avarundhīta tasmād u sarvamevānnaṃ yathopasmāraṃ saṃbharann ekam annaṃ na saṃbharet //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 4.2 mahiṣyai gṛhānparetya ādityaṃ caruṃ nirvapatīyaṃ vai pṛthivyaditiḥ seyaṃ devānām patny eṣā vā etasya patnī bhavati tasmādādityo bhavatyetadvā asyaikaṃ ratnaṃ yanmahiṣī tasyā evaitena sūyate tāṃ svām anapakramiṇīṃ kurute tasyai dhenurdakṣiṇā dhenuriva vā iyam
manuṣyebhyaḥ sarvān kāmān duhe mātā dhenur māteva vā iyam manuṣyānbibharti tasmāddhenurdakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 4.2 mahiṣyai gṛhānparetya ādityaṃ caruṃ nirvapatīyaṃ vai pṛthivyaditiḥ seyaṃ devānām patny eṣā vā etasya patnī bhavati tasmādādityo bhavatyetadvā asyaikaṃ ratnaṃ yanmahiṣī tasyā evaitena sūyate tāṃ svām anapakramiṇīṃ kurute tasyai dhenurdakṣiṇā dhenuriva vā iyam manuṣyebhyaḥ sarvān kāmān duhe mātā dhenur māteva vā iyam
manuṣyānbibharti tasmāddhenurdakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 4.2 pṛthī ha vai vainyo
manuṣyāṇām prathamo 'bhiṣiṣice so 'kāmayata sarvamannādyamavarundhīyeti tasmā etānyajuhavuḥ sa idaṃ sarvamannādyam avarurudhe 'pi ha smāsmā āraṇyānpaśūn abhihvayantyasāvehi rājā tvā pakṣyata iti tathedaṃ sarvamannādyamavarurudhe sarvaṃ ha vā annādyamavarunddhe yasyaivaṃ viduṣa etāni hvayante //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 5.2 niṣasāda dhṛtavrata iti dhṛtavrato vai rājā na vā eṣa sarvasmā iva vadanāya na sarvasmā iva karmaṇe yadeva sādhu vadedyatsādhu kuryāttasmai vā eṣa ca śrotriyaś caitau ha vai dvau
manuṣyeṣu dhṛtavratau tasmādāha niṣasāda dhṛtavrata iti varuṇaḥ pastyāsv eti viśo vai pastyā vikṣv ety evaitadāha sāmrājyāya sukraturiti rājyāyetyevaitadāha yadāha sāmrājyāya sukraturiti //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 2, 2.2 dvādaśa vai māsāḥ saṃvatsarasya tasmāddvādaśa bhavanti māsi māsi yajetetyāhuḥ ko veda
manuṣyasya tasmānna māsi māsi yajeta śamyāparāvyādhe śamyāparāvyādha eva ṣaḍbhiryajate prāṅ yān atha punarāvṛttaḥ śamyāparāvyādhe śamyāparāvyādha eva ṣaḍbhiryajate //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 17.2 prāṇo vai brahma pūrvyam annaṃ namas tat tad eṣaivāhutir annam etayaiva tad āhutyaitenānnena prāṇān etasmai karmaṇe yuṅkte vi śloka etu pathyeva sūreriti yathobhayeṣu
devamanuṣyeṣu kīrtiśloko yajamānasya syād evam etad āha śṛṇvantu viśve amṛtasya putrā iti prajāpatirvā amṛtas tasya viśve devāḥ putrā ā ye dhāmāni divyāni tasthur itīme vai lokā divyāni dhāmāni tad ya eṣu lokeṣu devās tān etad āha //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 24.2 eṣa ha vā anaddhāpuruṣo yo na devānavati na pitṝn na
manuṣyāṃs tat sarvairaha paśubhir anvaicchan no yātayāmā anupajīvanīyā abhavan //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 22.2 udīcaḥ prācaḥ paśūnprasṛjatyeṣā hobhayeṣāṃ
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ digyadudīcī prācy etasyāṃ taddiśi paśūndadhāti tasmādubhaye devamanuṣyāḥ paśūnupajīvanti //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 22.2 udīcaḥ prācaḥ paśūnprasṛjatyeṣā hobhayeṣāṃ devamanuṣyāṇāṃ digyadudīcī prācy etasyāṃ taddiśi paśūndadhāti tasmādubhaye
devamanuṣyāḥ paśūnupajīvanti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 6.2 daivo vā asyaiṣa ātmā mānuṣo 'yaṃ devā u vā agre 'tha
manuṣyās tasmāt samidhamādhāyātha vratayati //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 3.2 asau vā āditya eṣa rukmo no haitam agnim
manuṣyo manuṣyarūpeṇa yantum arhaty etenaiva rūpeṇaitad rūpam bibharti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 3.2 asau vā āditya eṣa rukmo no haitam agnim manuṣyo
manuṣyarūpeṇa yantum arhaty etenaiva rūpeṇaitad rūpam bibharti //
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 2.2 so 'yaṃ saṃvatsaraḥ prajāpatiḥ sarvāṇi bhūtāni sasṛje yac ca prāṇi yac cāprāṇam ubhayān
devamanuṣyān /
ŚBM, 13, 1, 4, 3.0 tadāhuḥ pra vā etad aśvo mīyate yat parāṅeti na hyenam pratyāvartayantīti yat sāyaṃ dhṛtīrjuhoti kṣemo vai dhṛtiḥ kṣemo rātriḥ kṣemeṇaivainaṃ dādhāra tasmāt sāyam
manuṣyāśca paśavaśca kṣemyā bhavanty atha yat prātariṣṭibhir yajata icchatyevainaṃ tat tasmād divā naṣṭaiṣa eti yad v eva sāyaṃ dhṛtīr juhoti prātariṣṭibhir yajate yogakṣemameva tad yajamānaḥ kalpayate tasmād yatraitena yajñena yajante kᄆptaḥ prajānāṃ yogakṣemo bhavati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 3, 1.0 devā vā aśvamedhe pavamānaṃ svargaṃ lokaṃ na prājānaṃs tamaśvaḥ prājānād yadaśvamedhe'śvena pavamānāya sarpanti svargasya lokasya prajñātyai pucchamanvārabhante svargasyaiva lokasya samaṣṭyai na vai
manuṣyaḥ svargaṃ lokam añjasā vedāśvo vai svargaṃ lokamañjasā veda //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 4, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata ubhau lokāvabhijayeyaṃ devalokaṃ ca
manuṣyalokaṃ ceti sa etānpaśūnapaśyadgrāmyāṃś cāraṇyāṃśca tānālabhata tairimau lokāvavārunddha grāmyaireva paśubhirimaṃ lokamavārunddhāraṇyairamum ayaṃ vai loko manuṣyaloko 'thāsau devaloko yad grāmyān paśūn ālabhata imameva tairlokaṃ yajamāno 'varunddhe yadāraṇyān amuṃ taiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 4, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata ubhau lokāvabhijayeyaṃ devalokaṃ ca manuṣyalokaṃ ceti sa etānpaśūnapaśyadgrāmyāṃś cāraṇyāṃśca tānālabhata tairimau lokāvavārunddha grāmyaireva paśubhirimaṃ lokamavārunddhāraṇyairamum ayaṃ vai loko
manuṣyaloko 'thāsau devaloko yad grāmyān paśūn ālabhata imameva tairlokaṃ yajamāno 'varunddhe yadāraṇyān amuṃ taiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 15.0 etasyāṃ saṃsthitāyām upotthāyādhvaryuśca yajamānaś cāśvasya dakṣiṇe karṇa ājapato vibhūr mātrā prabhūḥ pitreti tasyoktam brāhmaṇam athainam udañcam prāñcam prasṛjata eṣā hobhayeṣāṃ
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ dig yad udīcī prācī svāyāmevainaṃ tad diśi dhatto na vai sva āyatane pratiṣṭhito riṣyaty ariṣṭyai //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 16.0 sa āha devā āśāpālāḥ etaṃ devebhyo 'śvam medhāya prokṣitaṃ rakṣatety uktā mānuṣā āśāpālā athaite daivā āpyāḥ sādhyā anvādhyā marutas tam eta ubhaye
devamanuṣyāḥ saṃvidānā apratyāvartayantaḥ saṃvatsaraṃ rakṣanti tad yaṃ na pratyāvartayanty eṣa vā eṣa tapati ka u hyetam arhati pratyāvartayituṃ yaddhyenam pratyāvartayeyuḥ parāg evedaṃ sarvaṃ syāt tasmād apratyāvartayanto rakṣanti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 3.0 manur vaivasvato rājety āha tasya
manuṣyā viśas ta ima āsata ity aśrotriyā gṛhamedhina upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśaty ṛco vedaḥ so 'yam ityṛcāṃ sūktaṃ vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved vīṇāgaṇagina upasametā bhavanti tān adhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati vīṇāgaṇagina ity āha purāṇair imaṃ yajamānaṃ rājabhiḥ sādhukṛdbhiḥ saṃgāyateti taṃ te tathā saṃgāyanti tad yad enam evaṃ saṃgāyanti purāṇair evainaṃ tad rājabhiḥ sādhukṛdbhiḥ salokaṃ kurvanti //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 20.0 athātmannagnī samārohya uttaranārāyaṇenādityam upasthāyānapekṣamāṇo 'raṇyam abhipreyāt tad eva
manuṣyebhyas tirobhavati yady u grāme vivatsed araṇyoragnī samārohyottaranārāyaṇenaivādityam upasthāya gṛheṣu pratyavasyed atha tān yajñakratūn āhareta yān abhyāpnuyāt sa vā eṣa na sarvasmā anuvaktavyaḥ sarvaṃ hi puruṣamedho net sarvasmā iva sarvam bravāṇīti yo nv eva jñātas tasmai brūyād atha yo 'nūcāno 'tha yo 'sya priyaḥ syān net tv eva sarvasmā iva //
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 6.4 etaddha vai pitaro
manuṣyaloka ābhaktā bhavanti yad eṣām prajā bhavati /
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
ŚāṅkhGS, 6, 6, 16.0 yathāgamaprajñāśrutismṛtivibhavād anukrāntamānād avivādapratiṣṭhād abhayaṃ śaṃbhave no astu namo 'stu
devaṛṣipitṛmanuṣyebhyaḥ śivam āyur vapur anāmayaṃ śāntim ariṣṭim akṣitim ojas tejo yaśo balaṃ brahmavarcasaṃ kīrtim āyuḥ prajāṃ paśūn namo namaskṛtā vardhayantu duṣṭutād durupayuktān nyūnādhikāc ca sarvasmāt svasti devaṛṣibhyaś ca brahma satyaṃ ca pātu mām iti brahma satyaṃ ca pātu mām iti //
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
ŚāṅkhĀ, 5, 1, 3.0 sa hovāca pratardanaḥ tvam eva me vṛṇīṣva yaṃ tvaṃ
manuṣyāya hitatamaṃ manyasa iti //
Ṛgveda
ṚV, 3, 4, 8.1 ā bhāratī bhāratībhiḥ sajoṣā iḍā devair
manuṣyebhir agniḥ /
ṚV, 3, 29, 2.2 dive diva īḍyo jāgṛvadbhir haviṣmadbhir
manuṣyebhir agniḥ //
ṚV, 6, 47, 16.2 edhamānadviᄆ ubhayasya rājā coṣkūyate viśa indro
manuṣyān //
ṚV, 7, 2, 8.1 ā bhāratī bhāratībhiḥ sajoṣā iᄆā devair
manuṣyebhir agniḥ /
ṚV, 7, 89, 5.1 yat kiṃ cedaṃ varuṇa daivye jane 'bhidroham
manuṣyāś carāmasi /
ṚV, 10, 35, 8.1 pipartu mā tad ṛtasya pravācanaṃ devānāṃ yan
manuṣyā amanmahi /
Ṛgvedakhilāni
ṚVKh, 4, 6, 7.2 yo bibharti dākṣāyaṇā hiraṇyaṃ sa deveṣu kṛṇute dīrgham āyuḥ sa
manuṣyeṣu kṛṇute dīrgham āyuḥ //
ṚVKh, 4, 11, 6.1 suṣārathir aśvān iva yan
manuṣyān nenīyate 'bhīśubhir vājina iva /
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
ṢB, 1, 1, 29.1 devā haiva devā atha haite
manuṣyadevā ye brāhmaṇāḥ śuśruvāṃso 'nūcānās te manuṣyadevāḥ //
ṢB, 1, 5, 12.1 atha skannād vā bhinnād vā tredhā yajña utkrāmati devān divaṃ tṛtīyam antarikṣaṃ
manuṣyāṃs tṛtīyaṃ pṛthivīṃ pitṝṃs tṛtīyam //
Arthaśāstra
ArthaŚ, 2, 4, 5.1 caturdaṇḍaḥ setuvanapathaḥ dvidaṇḍo hastikṣetrapathaḥ pañcāratnayo rathapathaḥ catvāraḥ paśupathaḥ dvau
kṣudrapaśumanuṣyapathaḥ //
ArthaŚ, 2, 9, 2.1 karmasu caiṣāṃ nityaṃ parīkṣāṃ kārayet cittānityatvān
manuṣyānām //
ArthaŚ, 4, 6, 2.1 kṣīṇadāyakuṭumbam alpanirveśaṃ viparītadeśajātigotranāmakarmāpadeśaṃ pracchannavṛttikarmāṇaṃ māṃsasurābhakṣyabhojanagandhamālyavastravibhūṣaṇeṣu prasaktam ativyayakartāraṃ puṃścalīdyūtaśauṇḍikeṣu prasaktam abhīkṣṇapravāsinam avijñātasthānagamanam ekāntāraṇyaniṣkuṭavikālacāriṇaṃ pracchanne sāmiṣe vā deśe bahumantrasaṃnipātaṃ sadyaḥkṣatavraṇānāṃ gūḍhapratīkārakārayitāram antargṛhanityam abhyadhigantāraṃ kāntāparaṃ paraparigrahāṇāṃ parastrīdravyaveśmanām abhīkṣṇapraṣṭāraṃ kutsitakarmaśāstropakaraṇasaṃsargaṃ virātre channakuḍyacchāyāsaṃcāriṇaṃ virūpadravyāṇām adeśakālavikretāraṃ jātavairāśayaṃ hīnakarmajātiṃ vigūhamānarūpaṃ liṅgenāliṅginaṃ liṅginaṃ vā bhinnācāraṃ pūrvakṛtāpadānaṃ svakarmabhir apadiṣṭaṃ nāgarikamahāmātradarśane gūhamānam apasarantam anucchvāsopaveśinam āvignaṃ śuṣkabhinnasvaramukhavarṇaṃ
śastrahastamanuṣyasampātatrāsinaṃ hiṃsrastenanidhinikṣepāpahāraparaprayogagūḍhājīvinām anyatamaṃ śaṅketa //
ArthaŚ, 4, 8, 28.1 tasyābhiśastāṅko lalāṭe syād vyavahārapatanāya steye śvā
manuṣyavadhe kabandho gurutalpe bhagaṃ surāpāne madyadhvajaḥ //
ArthaŚ, 4, 10, 16.1 devapaśupratimāmanuṣyakṣetragṛhahiraṇyasuvarṇaratnasasyāpahāriṇa uttamo daṇḍaḥ śuddhavadho vā //
ArthaŚ, 4, 13, 22.1 chinnanasyaṃ bhagnayugaṃ tiryakpratimukhāgataṃ pratyāsarad vā cakrayuktaṃ yātā
paśumanuṣyasaṃbādhe vā hiṃsāyām adaṇḍyaḥ //
ArthaŚ, 14, 1, 21.1 sa eva citrabhekāntramadhuyuktaḥ prameham āpādayati
manuṣyalohitayuktaḥ śoṣam //
ArthaŚ, 14, 2, 38.1 śastrahatasya śūlaprotasya vā puruṣasya vāmapārśvaparśukāsthiṣu kalmāṣaveṇunā nirmathito 'gniḥ striyāḥ puruṣasya vāsthiṣu
manuṣyaparśukayā nirmathito 'gnir yatra trir apasavyaṃ gacchati na cātrānyo 'gnir jvalati //
Avadānaśataka
AvŚat, 1, 5.8 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā
devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 1, 7.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 2, 5.1 atha yaśomatī dārikā tad atyadbhutaṃ
devamanuṣyāvarjanakaraṃ prātihāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā mūlanikṛtta iva drumaḥ sarvaśarīreṇa bhagavataḥ pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhā anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena cittotpādena deyadharmaparityāgena ca andhe loke anāyake apariṇāyake buddho bhūyāsam atīrṇānāṃ sattvānāṃ tārayitā amuktānāṃ mocayitā anāśvastānām āśvāsayitā aparinirvṛtānāṃ parinirvāpayiteti //
AvŚat, 2, 6.8 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā
devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 2, 8.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 3, 9.8 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā
devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 3, 11.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 4, 4.2 tasya tad atyadbhutaṃ
devamanuṣyāvarjanakaraṃ prātihāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā mahān prasāda utpannaḥ /
AvŚat, 4, 7.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā
devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 4, 9.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 6, 7.8 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā
devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 6, 9.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 7, 8.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā
devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 7, 10.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 8, 5.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā
devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 8, 7.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 9, 6.8 teṣām agre 'bhiprasannānām agra eva vipākaḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyo deveṣu vā devabhūtānāṃ
manuṣyeṣu vā manuṣyabhūtānām /
AvŚat, 9, 6.8 teṣām agre 'bhiprasannānām agra eva vipākaḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyo deveṣu vā devabhūtānāṃ manuṣyeṣu vā
manuṣyabhūtānām /
AvŚat, 9, 6.12 teṣām agre 'bhiprasannānām agra eva vipākaḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyo deveṣu vā devabhūtānāṃ
manuṣyeṣu vā manuṣyabhūtānām /
AvŚat, 9, 6.12 teṣām agre 'bhiprasannānām agra eva vipākaḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyo deveṣu vā devabhūtānāṃ manuṣyeṣu vā
manuṣyabhūtānām /
AvŚat, 9, 6.16 teṣām agre 'bhiprasannānām agra eva vipākaḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyo deveṣu vā devabhūtānāṃ
manuṣyeṣu vā manuṣyabhūtānām /
AvŚat, 9, 6.16 teṣām agre 'bhiprasannānām agra eva vipākaḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyo deveṣu vā devabhūtānāṃ manuṣyeṣu vā
manuṣyabhūtānām /
AvŚat, 9, 7.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā
devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 9, 9.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 10, 6.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā
devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 10, 8.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 11, 4.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani bhāgīratho nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 12, 4.1 tena bhagavāṃs tat prāsādam antardhāpya anityatāpratisaṃyuktāṃ tādṛśīṃ dharmadeśanāṃ kṛtavān yāṃ śrutvā anekaiḥ kauravyanivāsibhir
manuṣyaiḥ srotaāpattiphalāny anuprāptāni kaiścit sakṛdāgāmiphalāni kaiścid anāgāmiphalāni kaiścit pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhattvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam kaiścicchrāvakabodhau cittāny utpāditāni kaiścit pratyekāyāṃ bodhau kaiścid anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau /
AvŚat, 12, 5.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani brahmā nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 13, 7.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani candano nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 14, 5.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani candro nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 14, 6.3 tasya me karmaṇo vipākena
devamanuṣyasaṃprāpakaṃ saṃsāre mahatsukham anubhūtam /
AvŚat, 15, 5.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani indradamano nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 16, 4.3 tato devair
manuṣyaiś ca bhagavato mahān satkāraḥ kṛtaḥ bhagavatā ca tad adhiṣṭhānaṃ devamanuṣyāṇāṃ tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā anekair devamanuṣyaiḥ satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam //
AvŚat, 16, 4.3 tato devair manuṣyaiś ca bhagavato mahān satkāraḥ kṛtaḥ bhagavatā ca tad adhiṣṭhānaṃ
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā anekair devamanuṣyaiḥ satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam //
AvŚat, 16, 4.3 tato devair manuṣyaiś ca bhagavato mahān satkāraḥ kṛtaḥ bhagavatā ca tad adhiṣṭhānaṃ devamanuṣyāṇāṃ tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā anekair
devamanuṣyaiḥ satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam //
AvŚat, 16, 6.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani ratnaśailo nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 17, 6.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā
devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 17, 8.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 17, 16.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani prabodhano nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 18, 5.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani indradhvajo nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 19, 6.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani kṣemaṃkaro nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 20, 2.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā
devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 20, 4.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 20, 12.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani pūrṇo nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 21, 2.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca praśāntakalikalahaḍimbaḍamaraṃ taskararogāpagataṃ śālīkṣugomahiṣīsampannam /
AvŚat, 22, 2.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā
devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 22, 4.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 23, 4.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā
devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 23, 6.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
ASāh, 2, 22.2 yadāhaṃ devaputrā dīpaṃkarasya tathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasyāntike dīpavatyāṃ rājadhānyām antarāyaṇamadhyagato 'nayā prajñāpāramitayā avirahito 'bhūvam tadāhaṃ dīpaṃkareṇa tathāgatenārhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhena vyākṛto 'nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau bhaviṣyasi tvaṃ māṇava anāgate 'dhvani asaṃkhyeyaiḥ kalpaiḥ śākyamunirnāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyānāṃ ca buddho bhagavāniti /
ASāh, 3, 1.2 nāpi tasya kulaputrasya vā kuladuhiturvā
manuṣyā vā amanuṣyā vā avatāraprekṣiṇo 'vatāragaveṣiṇo 'vatāraṃ lapsyante /
ASāh, 3, 9.1 punaraparaṃ kauśika yatreyaṃ prajñāpāramitā antaśo likhitvā pustakagatāṃ kṛtvā pūjāpūrvaṃgamaṃ sthāpayitvā na satkariṣyate nodgrahīṣyate na dhārayiṣyate na vācayiṣyate na paryavāpsyate na pravartayiṣyate na deśayiṣyate nopadekṣyate noddekṣyate na svādhyāsyate na tatra kauśika sattvānāṃ
manuṣyo vā amanuṣyo vā avatārārthiko 'vatāragaveṣī avatāraṃ lapsyate sthāpayitvā pūrvakarmavipākam /
ASāh, 3, 10.1 punaraparaṃ kauśika tadyathāpi nāma ye bodhimaṇḍagatā vā bodhimaṇḍaparisāmantagatā vā bodhimaṇḍābhyantaragatā vā bodhivṛkṣamūlagatā vā
manuṣyā vā amanuṣyā vā tiryagyonigatānapyupādāya yāvanna te śakyā manuṣyairvā amanuṣyairvā viheṭhayituṃ vā vyāpādayituṃ vā āveśayituṃ vā sthāpayitvā pūrvakarmavipākam /
ASāh, 3, 10.1 punaraparaṃ kauśika tadyathāpi nāma ye bodhimaṇḍagatā vā bodhimaṇḍaparisāmantagatā vā bodhimaṇḍābhyantaragatā vā bodhivṛkṣamūlagatā vā manuṣyā vā amanuṣyā vā tiryagyonigatānapyupādāya yāvanna te śakyā
manuṣyairvā amanuṣyairvā viheṭhayituṃ vā vyāpādayituṃ vā āveśayituṃ vā sthāpayitvā pūrvakarmavipākam /
ASāh, 3, 10.3 evameva kauśika yatra kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmudgrahīṣyati dhārayiṣyati vācayiṣyati paryavāpsyati pravartayiṣyati deśayiṣyati upadekṣyati uddekṣyati svādhyāsyati tatra hi kauśika sattvā na śakyā
manuṣyairvā amanuṣyairvā viheṭhayituṃ vā vyāpādayituṃ vā āveśayituṃ vā sthāpayitvā pūrvakarmavipākam /
ASāh, 3, 12.1 evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat ya ime bhagavan jāmbūdvīpakā
manuṣyā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ na likhiṣyanti nodgrahīṣyanti na dhārayiṣyanti na vācayiṣyanti na paryavāpsyanti na pravartayiṣyanti na deśayiṣyanti nopadekṣyanti noddekṣyanti na svādhyāsyanti tāṃ caināṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ puṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇacīvaracchatradhvajaghaṇṭāpatākābhiḥ samantācca dīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca pūjābhirna satkariṣyanti na gurukariṣyanti na mānayiṣyanti na pūjayiṣyanti nārcayiṣyanti nāpacāyiṣyanti kiṃ nu te bhagavan na jñāsyanti evaṃ mahārthikā bhagavatoktā prajñāpāramitāyāḥ pūjā kṛtā bhaviṣyatīti kiṃ nu te bhagavan na vetsyanti evaṃ mahānuśaṃsā evaṃ mahāphalā evaṃ mahāvipākā bhagavatoktā prajñāpāramitāyāḥ pūjā kṛtā bhaviṣyatīti na ca te vedayiṣyanti uta jñāsyanti vetsyanti vedayiṣyanti na ca punaḥ śraddhāsyanti evamukte bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat tatkiṃ manyase kauśika kiyantaste jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyās te buddhe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye dharme 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye saṃghe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat alpakāste bhagavan jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyā ye buddhe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye dharme 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye saṃghe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ /
ASāh, 3, 12.1 evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat ya ime bhagavan jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ na likhiṣyanti nodgrahīṣyanti na dhārayiṣyanti na vācayiṣyanti na paryavāpsyanti na pravartayiṣyanti na deśayiṣyanti nopadekṣyanti noddekṣyanti na svādhyāsyanti tāṃ caināṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ puṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇacīvaracchatradhvajaghaṇṭāpatākābhiḥ samantācca dīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca pūjābhirna satkariṣyanti na gurukariṣyanti na mānayiṣyanti na pūjayiṣyanti nārcayiṣyanti nāpacāyiṣyanti kiṃ nu te bhagavan na jñāsyanti evaṃ mahārthikā bhagavatoktā prajñāpāramitāyāḥ pūjā kṛtā bhaviṣyatīti kiṃ nu te bhagavan na vetsyanti evaṃ mahānuśaṃsā evaṃ mahāphalā evaṃ mahāvipākā bhagavatoktā prajñāpāramitāyāḥ pūjā kṛtā bhaviṣyatīti na ca te vedayiṣyanti uta jñāsyanti vetsyanti vedayiṣyanti na ca punaḥ śraddhāsyanti evamukte bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat tatkiṃ manyase kauśika kiyantaste jāmbūdvīpakā
manuṣyās te buddhe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye dharme 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye saṃghe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat alpakāste bhagavan jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyā ye buddhe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye dharme 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye saṃghe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ /
ASāh, 3, 12.1 evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat ya ime bhagavan jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ na likhiṣyanti nodgrahīṣyanti na dhārayiṣyanti na vācayiṣyanti na paryavāpsyanti na pravartayiṣyanti na deśayiṣyanti nopadekṣyanti noddekṣyanti na svādhyāsyanti tāṃ caināṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ puṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇacīvaracchatradhvajaghaṇṭāpatākābhiḥ samantācca dīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca pūjābhirna satkariṣyanti na gurukariṣyanti na mānayiṣyanti na pūjayiṣyanti nārcayiṣyanti nāpacāyiṣyanti kiṃ nu te bhagavan na jñāsyanti evaṃ mahārthikā bhagavatoktā prajñāpāramitāyāḥ pūjā kṛtā bhaviṣyatīti kiṃ nu te bhagavan na vetsyanti evaṃ mahānuśaṃsā evaṃ mahāphalā evaṃ mahāvipākā bhagavatoktā prajñāpāramitāyāḥ pūjā kṛtā bhaviṣyatīti na ca te vedayiṣyanti uta jñāsyanti vetsyanti vedayiṣyanti na ca punaḥ śraddhāsyanti evamukte bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat tatkiṃ manyase kauśika kiyantaste jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyās te buddhe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye dharme 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye saṃghe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat alpakāste bhagavan jāmbūdvīpakā
manuṣyā ye buddhe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye dharme 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye saṃghe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ /
ASāh, 3, 12.3 alpakāste jāmbūdvīpakā
manuṣyā ye buddhe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye dharme 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye saṃghe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ /
ASāh, 3, 17.7 tasmāttarhi kauśika ye 'pi te vyālasarīsṛpakāntāramadhyagatāḥ teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṝṇāṃ vā
manuṣyā vā amanuṣyā vā avatāraprekṣiṇo 'vatāragaveṣiṇaḥ te 'pi teṣāṃ kauśika avatāraṃ na lapsyante sthāpayitvā pūrvakarmavipākam //
ASāh, 3, 20.1 atha khalu trāyastriṃśatkāyikā devaputrā divyāni māndārapuṣpāṇyabhinirmāya vihāyasā antarīkṣagatā yena bhagavāṃstenābhyavakiranti sma yena bhagavāṃstena tāni divyāni māndāravapuṣpāṇy abhiprakiranti sma evaṃ codānamudānayanti sma cirasya bateyaṃ prajñāpāramitā jāmbūdvīpakānāṃ
manuṣyāṇāmupāvṛtteti /
ASāh, 3, 27.28 evaṃ ca kauśika tena kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā vā cittamutpādayitavyam ye keciddaśasu dikṣu aprameyeṣvasaṃkhyeyeṣu lokadhātuṣu devā nāgā yakṣā gandharvā asurā garuḍāḥ kinnarā mahoragā
manuṣyā amanuṣyāḥ te itaḥ pustakātprajñāpāramitāṃ paśyantu vandantāṃ namaskurvantu udgṛhṇantu dhārayantu paryavāpnuvantu pravartayantu deśayantu upadiśantu uddiśantu svādhyāyantu /
ASāh, 3, 27.37 imam api sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā dṛṣṭadhārmikaṃ guṇaṃ parigrahīṣyati yatra hi nāma evaṃ mahaujaskā devā nāgā yakṣā gandharvā asurā garuḍāḥ kinnarā mahoragā
manuṣyā amanuṣyā vā āgantavyaṃ maṃsyante //
ASāh, 3, 28.1 evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat kathaṃ punarbhagavan sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā evaṃ jānīyāt iha devā vā nāgā vā yakṣā vā gandharvā vā asurā vā garuḍā vā kinnarā vā mahoragā vā
manuṣyā vā amanuṣyā vā āgacchanti imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrotuṃ draṣṭuṃ vandituṃ namaskartumudgrahītuṃ dhārayituṃ vācayituṃ paryavāptuṃ pravartayituṃ deśayitum upadeṣṭum uddeṣṭuṃ svādhyātumiti evamukte bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat sacetkauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatra udāramavabhāsaṃ saṃjānīte niṣṭhā tena kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā vā tatra gantavyā iha devo vā nāgo vā yakṣo vā gandharvo vā asuro vā garuḍo vā kinnaro vā mahorago vā manuṣyo vā amanuṣyo vā āgata iti upasaṃkrānta iti /
ASāh, 3, 28.1 evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat kathaṃ punarbhagavan sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā evaṃ jānīyāt iha devā vā nāgā vā yakṣā vā gandharvā vā asurā vā garuḍā vā kinnarā vā mahoragā vā manuṣyā vā amanuṣyā vā āgacchanti imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrotuṃ draṣṭuṃ vandituṃ namaskartumudgrahītuṃ dhārayituṃ vācayituṃ paryavāptuṃ pravartayituṃ deśayitum upadeṣṭum uddeṣṭuṃ svādhyātumiti evamukte bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat sacetkauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatra udāramavabhāsaṃ saṃjānīte niṣṭhā tena kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā vā tatra gantavyā iha devo vā nāgo vā yakṣo vā gandharvo vā asuro vā garuḍo vā kinnaro vā mahorago vā
manuṣyo vā amanuṣyo vā āgata iti upasaṃkrānta iti /
ASāh, 3, 28.2 punaraparaṃ sacetkauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatra amānuṣaṃ gandhaṃ ghrāsyaty anāghrātapūrvam ghrātvā ca tadgandhaṃ niṣṭhā tena kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā vā tatra gantavyā iha devo vā nāgo vā yakṣo vā gandharvo vā asuro vā garuḍo vā kinnaro vā mahorago vā
manuṣyo vā amanuṣyo vā āgata iti upasaṃkrānta iti //
ASāh, 3, 29.1 punaraparaṃ sacetkauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatra amānuṣaṃ gandhaṃ ghrāsyati anāghrātapūrvam ghrātvā ca tadgandhaṃ niṣṭhā tena kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā tatra gantavyāḥ iha devo vā nāgo vā yakṣo vā gandharvo vā asuro vā garuḍo vā kinnaro vā mahorago vā
manuṣyo vāmanuṣyo vāgata iti upasaṃkrānta iti /
ASāh, 3, 29.2 punaraparaṃ sacetkauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā caukṣasamudācāro bhaviṣyati śucisamudācāro bhaviṣyati tasya tayā caukṣasamudācāratayā śucisamudācāratayā te devā nāgā yakṣā gandharvā asurā garuḍāḥ kinnarā mahoragā
manuṣyā amanuṣyā vā āgantavyaṃ maṃsyante /
ASāh, 3, 29.3 ye ca tatra devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragā
manuṣyā amanuṣyā vā āgatā bhaviṣyanti te tasya tayā caukṣasamudācāratayā śucisamudācāratayā āttamanaskāḥ pramuditāḥ prītisaumanasyajātā bhaviṣyanti /
ASāh, 3, 29.5 tatkasya hetoḥ teṣāmeva hi mahaujaskānāṃ mahaujaskānāṃ devānāṃ nāgānāṃ yakṣāṇāṃ gandharvāṇāmasurāṇāṃ garuḍānāṃ kinnarāṇāṃ mahoragāṇāṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ amanuṣyāṇāṃ vā śriyaṃ ca tejaś ca gauravaṃ ca asahamānā eva tā alpaujaskā alpaujaskā devatā tato 'pakramitavyaṃ maṃsyante /
ASāh, 3, 29.6 yathā yathā khalu punaḥ kauśika te mahaujaskā mahaujaskā devā nāgā yakṣā gandharvā asurā garuḍāḥ kinnarā mahoragā
manuṣyā amanuṣyā vā abhīkṣṇamupasaṃkramitavyaṃ maṃsyante tathā tathā sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā prasādabahulo bhaviṣyati /
ASāh, 4, 1.41 tadyathā tadyatra yatra sthāpyeta tatra tatra
manuṣyā vā amanuṣyā vā avatāraṃ na labheran /
ASāh, 4, 2.1 atha khalvāyuṣmānānandaḥ śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat kiṃ punaḥ kauśika devaloka eva tāni maṇiratnāni santi uta jāmbūdvīpakānām api
manuṣyāṇāṃ tāni maṇiratnāni santi śakra āha deveṣvāryānanda tāni maṇiratnāni santi /
ASāh, 4, 2.2 api tu khalu punarjāmbudvīpakānām api
manuṣyāṇāṃ maṇiratnāni santi /
ASāh, 6, 2.1 evamukte āyupyān subhūtiḥ sthaviraṃ maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvametadavocat yatpunarayaṃ maitreya bodhisattvo mahāsattvo daśadiśi loke sarvataḥ sarvatra gatayā aprameyāprameyeṣu asaṃkhyeyāsaṃkhyeṣu aparimāṇāparimāṇeṣu acintyācintyeṣu anantāparyanteṣu trisāhasramahāsāhasreṣu lokadhātuṣu atīte 'dhvani ekaikasyāṃ diśi ekaikasmiṃstrisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātau aprameyāprameyāṇām asaṃkhyeyāsaṃkhyeyānām aparimāṇāparimāṇānām acintyācintyānām anantāparyantānām anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtānāṃ tathāgatānāmarhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ chinnavartmanāṃ chinnavartmanīnāṃ chinnaprapañcabhavanetrīkāṇāṃ paryāttabāṣpāṇāṃ marditakaṇṭakānāṃ svapahṛtabhārāṇām anuprāptasvakārthānāṃ parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanānāṃ samyagājñāsuvimuktacittānāṃ sarvacetovaśiparamapāramiprāptānāṃ yāvatprathamacittotpādamupādāya yāvacca anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhānāṃ yāvacca anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtānāṃ yāvacca saddharmo nāntarhitaḥ etasmin antare yasteṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktijñānadarśanaskandhaśca yāni ca ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni buddhaguṇasaṃpatpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni balavaiśāradyapāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni evamabhijñāpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni parijñāpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni praṇidhānapāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni sarvajñajñānasaṃpatpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yā ca hitaiṣitā yā ca mahāmaitrī yā ca mahākaruṇā ye ca aprameyāsaṃkhyeyā buddhaguṇāḥ yā ca anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhiḥ yacca anuttaraṃ samyaksaṃbodhisukham yā ca sarvadharmaiśvaryapāramitā yaś ca aparimeyo 'nabhibhūtaḥ sarvābhibhūtaḥ paramaṛddhyabhisaṃskāraḥ yacca anāvaraṇam asaṅgam apratihatam asamamasamasamam anupamam aparimeyaṃ tathāgatayathābhūtajñānabalam yadbuddhajñānabalam balānāṃ yadbuddhajñānadarśanam yā ca daśabalapāramitā yaś ca caturvaiśāradyaparamasukhaparipūrṇo 'dhigamaḥ yaś ca sarvadharmāṇāṃ paramārthābhinirhāreṇa dharmādhigamaḥ yacca dharmacakrapravartanam dharmolkāpragrahaṇam dharmabherīsaṃpratāḍanam dharmaśaṅkhaprapūraṇam dharmaśaṅkhapravyāharaṇam dharmakhaḍgapraharaṇam dharmavṛṣṭipravarṣaṇam dharmayajñayajanam dharmadānena sarvasattvasaṃtarpaṇam dharmadānasaṃpravāraṇam ye ca tatra dharmadeśanāsu buddhadharmeṣu pratyekabuddhadharmeṣu śrāvakadharmeṣu vā vinītāḥ śikṣitā adhimuktā niyatāḥ saṃbodhiparāyaṇāḥ teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni ye ca tairbuddhairbhagavadbhirbodhisattvā mahāsattvā vyākṛtā anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni ye ca pratyekabuddhayānikāḥ pudgalā vyākṛtāḥ pratyekabodhau teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni yacca śrāvakayānikānāṃ pudgalānāṃ dānamayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu śīlamayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu bhāvanāmayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu yāni ca śaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yāni ca aśaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yaiś ca pṛthagjanaistatra dharmakuśalamūlānyavaropitāni teṣāṃ ca buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ catasṛṇāṃ parṣadāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ bhikṣuṇīnāṃ upāsakānāmupāsikānām yacca dānamayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu śīlamayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu bhāvanāmayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu yaiś ca tatra teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ dharmaṃ deśayatāṃ devairnāgairyakṣairgandharvairasurairgaruḍaiḥ kinnarairmahoragair
manuṣyāmanuṣyairvā yaiś ca tiryagyonigatair api sattvaiḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni yaiś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ parinirvāpayatām api kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni yaiś ca tatra teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ parinirvṛtānām api kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni buddhaṃ ca bhagavantamāgamya dharmaṃ cāgamya saṃghaṃ cāgamya manobhāvanīyāṃś ca pudgalānāgamya teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni tatsarvaṃ kuśalamūlaṃ niravaśeṣāniravaśeṣam anavaśeṣam aikadhyam abhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā agrayā anumodanayā anumodeta śreṣṭhayā jyeṣṭhayā varayā pravarayā praṇītayā uttamayā anuttamayā niruttarayā asamayā asamasamayā anumodanayā anumodeta /
ASāh, 6, 5.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtiḥ sthaviro maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamārabhya maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamadhiṣṭhānaṃ kṛtvā maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamāmantrayate sma iha maitreya bodhisattvo mahāsattvas teṣāmatītānāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ chinnavartmanāṃ chinnavartmanīnāṃ chinnaprapañcabhavanetrīkāṇāṃ paryāttabāṣpāṇāṃ marditakaṇṭakānām apahṛtabhārāṇām anuprāptasvakārthānāṃ parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanānāṃ samyagājñāsuvimuktacittānāṃ sarvacetovaśiparamapāramitāprāptānāṃ daśasu dikṣu aprameyāsaṃkhyeyeṣu trisāhasramahāsāhasreṣu lokadhātuṣu ekaikasyāṃ diśi ekaikasmiṃś ca trisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātau aprameyāsaṃkhyeyānāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ parinirvṛtānāṃ yāvatprathamacittotpādamupādāya yāvacca anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhānāṃ yāvacca anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtānāṃ yāvacca saddharmo nāntarhitaḥ etasmin antare yāni teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ kuśalamūlāni pāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni yaś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ kuśalamūlābhisaṃskāraḥ yaś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktijñānadarśanaskandhaḥ yā ca hitaiṣitā yā ca mahāmaitrī yā ca mahākaruṇā ye ca aprameyāsaṃkhyeyā buddhaguṇāḥ yaś ca tairbuddhairbhagavadbhirdharmo deśitaḥ ye ca tasmin dharme śikṣitā adhimuktāḥ pratiṣṭhitāḥ teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni ye ca tairbuddhairbhagavadbhirbodhisattvā mahāsattvā vyākṛtā anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni ye ca pratyekabuddhayānikāḥ pudgalā vyākṛtāḥ pratyekabodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śrāvakayānikānāṃ pudgalānāṃ dānamayāni kuśalamūlāni śīlamayāni kuśalamūlāni bhāvanāmayāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yāni ca aśaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yaiś ca tasmin dharme pṛthagjanaiḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni yaiś ca
devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyairvā sa dharmaḥ śrutaḥ śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni yaiś ca tiryagyonigatair api sattvaiḥ sa dharmaḥ śrutaḥ śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni yaiś ca teṣu buddheṣu bhagavatsu parinirvāpayatsu parinirvṛteṣu ca kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni tāni sarvāṇyekato 'bhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā niravaśeṣya niravaśeṣamanumodeta //
ASāh, 6, 8.1 punaraparam ārya subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena yathā atītānām evamanāgatānāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ chinnavartmanāṃ chinnavartmanīnāṃ chinnaprapañcabhavanetrīkāṇām aprameyāṇām asaṃkhyeyānāṃ yāvatprathamacittotpādamupādāya yāvacca anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbhotsyante yāvacca anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvāsyanti yāvacca saddharmo nāntardhāsyati etasmin antare yāni teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yaś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktijñānadarśanaskandhaḥ yā ca hitaiṣitā yā ca mahāmaitrī yā ca mahākaruṇā ye ca aprameyāsaṃkhyeyā buddhaguṇāḥ ye ca te buddhā bhagavanto dharmaṃ deśayiṣyanti ye ca tasmin dharme śikṣiṣyante 'dhimokṣayiṣyanti pratiṣṭhāsyanti teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāṃś ca te buddhā bhagavanto bodhisattvān mahāsattvān vyākariṣyanti anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yāṃś ca te buddhā bhagavantaḥ pratyekabuddhayānikān pudgalān vyākariṣyanti pratyekabodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śrāvakayānikānāṃ pudgalānāṃ dānamayāni kuśalamūlāni śīlamayāni kuśalamūlāni bhāvanāmayāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yāni ca aśaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni ye ca tasmin dharme pṛthagjanāḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropayiṣyanti ye ca
devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyāḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropayiṣyanti ye ca tiryagyonigatā api sattvāstaṃ dharmaṃ śroṣyanti śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayiṣyanti ye ca sattvāsteṣu buddheṣu bhagavatsu parinirvāyatsu parinirvṛteṣu ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayiṣyanti teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni tāni sarvāṇyekato 'bhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā niravaśeṣya niravaśeṣam anumoditavyāni /
ASāh, 6, 9.1 punaraparamārya subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena pratyutpannānāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ chinnavartmanāṃ chinnavartmanīnāṃ chinnaprapañcabhavanetrīkāṇām aprameyāṇām asaṃkhyeyānāmaprameyāsaṃkhyeyeṣu trisāhasramahāsāhasreṣu lokadhātuṣu tiṣṭhatāṃ dhriyamāṇānāṃ yāpayatāṃ yāvatprathamacittotpādamupādāya yāvacca anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbudhyante yāvacca nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvānti yāvacca saddharmo nāntardadhāti etasmin antare yāni teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yaś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktijñānadarśanaskandhaḥ yā ca hitaiṣitā yā ca mahāmaitrī yā ca mahākaruṇā ye ca aprameyāsaṃkhyeyā buddhaguṇāḥ yaṃ ca te buddhā bhagavanto dharmaṃ deśayanti ye ca tasmin dharme śikṣante 'dhimokṣayanti pratitiṣṭhanti teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāṃś ca te buddhā bhagavanto bodhisattvān mahāsattvān vyākurvanti anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yāṃś ca te buddhā bhagavantaḥ pratyekabuddhayānikān pudgalān vyākurvanti pratyekabodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śrāvakayānikānāṃ pudgalānāṃ dānamayāni kuśalamūlāni śīlamayāni kuśalamūlāni bhāvanāmayāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yāni ca aśaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni ye ca tasmin dharme pṛthagjanāḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropayanti ye ca devānāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragā
manuṣyāmanuṣyā vā taṃ dharmaṃ śṛṇvanti śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayanti ye ca tiryagyonigatā api sattvāstaṃ dharmaṃ śṛṇvanti śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayanti ye ca teṣu buddheṣu bhagavatsu parinirvāyatsu parinirvṛteṣu ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayanti teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni tāni sarvāṇyekato 'bhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā niravaśeṣya niravaśeṣamanumoditavyāni /
ASāh, 6, 10.1 punaraparamārya subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo 'tītānāgatapratyutpannānāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ chinnavartmanāṃ chinnavartmanīnāṃ chinnaprapañcabhavanetrīkāṇām aprameyāṇāmasaṃkhyeyānāṃ yāvatprathamacittotpādamupādāya yāvacca anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhā abhisaṃbhotsyante abhisaṃbudhyante ca yāvacca nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtāḥ parinirvāsyanti parinirvānti ca yāvacca saddharmo nāntarhito nāntardhāsyati nāntardadhāti ca etasmin antare yāni teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yaś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktijñānadarśanaskandhaḥ yā ca hitaiṣitā yā ca mahāmaitrī yā ca mahākaruṇā ye ca aprameyāsaṃkhyeyā buddhaguṇāḥ yaiś ca tairbuddhairbhagavadbhirdharmo deśito deśayiṣyate deśyate ca ye ca tasmin dharme śikṣitāḥ śikṣiṣyante śikṣante ca adhimuktā adhimokṣayiṣyanti adhimokṣayanti ca sthitāḥ sthāsyanti tiṣṭhanti ca teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni ye ca tairbuddhairbhagavadbhirbodhisattvā mahāsattvā vyākṛtā vyākariṣyante vyākriyante ca anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni ye ca pratyekabuddhayānikāḥ pudgalā vyākṛtā vyākariṣyante vyākriyante ca pratyekabodhau teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śrāvakayānikānāṃ pudgalānāṃ dānamayāni kuśalamūlāni śīlamayāni kuśalamūlāni bhāvanāmayāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yāni ca aśaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yaiś ca tasmin dharme pṛthagjanaiḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni avaropayiṣyante 'varopyante ca yaiś ca devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragair
manuṣyāmanuṣyairvā sa dharmaḥ śrutaḥ śroṣyate śrūyate ca śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni avaropayiṣyante 'varopyante ca yaiś ca tiryagyonigatair api sattvaiḥ sa dharmaḥ śrutaḥ śroṣyate śrūyate ca śrutvā ca kuśalamūlāni avaropitānyavaropayiṣyante 'varopyante ca yaiś ca sattvaisteṣu buddheṣu bhagavatsu parinirvṛteṣu parinirvāsyatsu parinirvāyatsu ca kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni avaropayiṣyante 'varopyante ca teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni tāni sarvāṇyekato 'bhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā niravaśeṣya niravaśeṣamagrayā anumodanayā anumodeta śreṣṭhayā jyeṣṭhayā varayā pravarayā praṇītayā uttamayā anuttamayā niruttamayā asamayā asamasamayā anumodanayā anumodeta /
ASāh, 8, 18.5 atha virahito bhaviṣyati prajñāpāramitayā lapsyante 'sya avatāraprekṣiṇo 'vatāragaveṣiṇo
manuṣyāś ca amanuṣyāś ca avatāram /
ASāh, 10, 11.10 pallaveṣu prādurbhūteṣvāttamanaskā bhavanti jāmbūdvīpakā
manuṣyāḥ tāni pūrvanimittāni vaneṣu dṛṣṭvā nacirādvanapuṣpāṇi ca phalāni ca prādurbhaviṣyanti /
ASāh, 10, 12.4 bhagavānāha tathā hi te subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā bahujanahitāya pratipannā bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca /
ASāh, 12, 1.5 iti te putrāstāṃ mātaraṃ sarvasukhopadhānaiḥ sudhṛtāṃ dhārayeyuḥ sugopāyitāṃ gopāyeyuḥ sukelāyitāṃ kelāyeyuḥ mā khalvasyāḥ kācidduḥkhā vedanā duḥkho vā sparśa utpadyeta cakṣuṣo vā śrotrato vā ghrāṇato vā jihvāto vā kāyato vā manasto vā vātato vā pittato vā śleṣmato vā saṃnipātato vā daṃśato vā maśakato vā sarīsṛpato vā
manuṣyato vā amanuṣyato vā āpātato vā utpātato vā aniṣṭanipātaḥ śarīre nipatet /
ASāh, 12, 1.9 ye 'pi te 'nyeṣu lokadhātuṣu tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā etarhi tiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca sarvasattvānāṃ cānukampakā anukampāmupādāya te 'pi sarve imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ samanvāharanti autsukyamāpadyante kimitīyaṃ prajñāpāramitā cirasthitikā bhavet kimityasyāḥ prajñāpāramitāyā nāma avinaṣṭaṃ bhavet kimityasyāḥ prajñāpāramitāyā bhāṣyamāṇāyā likhyamānāyāḥ śikṣyamāṇāyā māraḥ pāpīyān mārakāyikā vā devatā antarāyaṃ na kuryuriti /
ASāh, 12, 1.18 ye 'pi te subhūte etarhi aprameyeṣvasaṃkhyeyeṣu lokadhātuṣu tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā daśadiśi loke tiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca anukampakā anukampāmupādāya anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhāḥ te 'pi sarve enāmeva prajñāpāramitāmāgamya anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhāḥ /
Aṣṭādhyāyī
Brahmabindūpaniṣat
Buddhacarita
BCar, 1, 76.1 tanmā kṛthāḥ śokamimaṃ prati tvamasminsa śocyo 'sti
manuṣyaloke /
BCar, 3, 40.1 athāparaṃ vyādhiparītadehaṃ ta eva devāḥ
sasṛjurmanuṣyam /
BCar, 3, 55.2 dīnairmanuṣyairanugamyamāno yo bhūṣitaścāpyavarudyate ca //
BCar, 5, 65.1 vimṛśedyadi yoṣitāṃ
manuṣyaḥ prakṛtiṃ svapnavikāramīdṛśaṃ ca /
BCar, 7, 37.1 athopasṛtyāśramavāsinastaṃ
manuṣyavaryaṃ parivārya tasthuḥ /
BCar, 8, 35.1 varaṃ
manuṣyasya vicakṣaṇo ripurna mitramaprājñamayogapeśalam /
BCar, 11, 4.1 ye cārthakṛcchreṣu bhavanti loke samānakāryāḥ suhṛdāṃ
manuṣyāḥ /
BCar, 11, 58.1 trivargasevāṃ nṛpa yattu kṛtsnataḥ paro
manuṣyārtha iti tvamāttha mām /
BCar, 13, 23.2 urabhravaktrāśca vihaṃgamākṣā mārjāravaktrāśca
manuṣyakāyāḥ //
Carakasaṃhitā
Ca, Sū., 25, 37.1 tasya khalu ye ye vikārāvayavā bhūyiṣṭhamupayujyante bhūyiṣṭhakalpānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ prakṛtyaiva hitatamāścāhitatamāśca tāṃstān yathāvadupadekṣyāmaḥ //
Ca, Nid., 1, 17.0 atha khalvaṣṭābhyaḥ kāraṇebhyo jvaraḥ saṃjāyate
manuṣyāṇāṃ tadyathā vātāt pittāt kaphāt vātapittābhyāṃ vātakaphābhyāṃ pittakaphābhyāṃ vātapittakaphebhyaḥ āgantoraṣṭamāt kāraṇāt //
Ca, Vim., 3, 5.0 evaṃvādinaṃ bhagavantamātreyamagniveśa uvāca uddhṛtāni khalu bhagavan bhaiṣajyāni samyagvihitāni samyagavacāritāni ca api tu khalu janapadoddhvaṃsanam ekenaiva vyādhinā yugapad asamānaprakṛtyāhāradehabalasātmyasattvavayasāṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ kasmādbhavatīti //
Ca, Vim., 3, 6.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ evam asāmānyāvatām apyebhir agniveśa prakṛtyādibhir bhāvair
manuṣyāṇāṃ ye'nye bhāvāḥ sāmānyāstadvaiguṇyāt samānakālāḥ samānaliṅgāśca vyādhayo 'bhinirvartamānā janapadam uddhvaṃsayanti /
Ca, Vim., 8, 93.3 tad yathāyaṃ kasmin bhūmideśe jātaḥ saṃvṛddho vyādhito vā tasmiṃśca bhūmideśe
manuṣyāṇāmidamāhārajātam idaṃ vihārajātam idamācārajātam etāvacca balam evaṃvidhaṃ sattvam evaṃvidhaṃ sātmyam evaṃvidho doṣaḥ bhaktiriyam ime vyādhayaḥ hitamidam ahitamidamiti prāyograhaṇena /
Ca, Vim., 8, 95.3 etāni hi yena doṣeṇādhikenaikenānekena vā samanubadhyante tena tena doṣeṇa garbho 'nubadhyate tataḥ sā sā doṣaprakṛtirucyate
manuṣyāṇāṃ garbhādipravṛttā /
Ca, Vim., 8, 122.4 varṣaśataṃ khalvāyuṣaḥ pramāṇamasmin kāle santi ca punaradhikonavarṣaśatajīvino 'pi
manuṣyāḥ teṣāṃ vikṛtivarjyaiḥ prakṛtyādibalaviśeṣairāyuṣo lakṣaṇataśca pramāṇamupalabhya vayasastritvaṃ vibhajet //
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.1 bharadvāja uvāca yadyayam eṣāṃ nānāvidhānāṃ garbhakarāṇāṃ bhāvānāṃ samudāyādabhinirvartate garbhaḥ kathamayaṃ saṃdhīyate yadi cāpi saṃdhīyate kasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho
manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tatra cediṣṭametadyasmānmanuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavastasmādeva manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate yathā gaur goprabhavaḥ yathā cāśvo 'śvaprabhava iti evaṃ sati yaduktamagre samudayātmaka iti tadayuktam /
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.1 bharadvāja uvāca yadyayam eṣāṃ nānāvidhānāṃ garbhakarāṇāṃ bhāvānāṃ samudāyādabhinirvartate garbhaḥ kathamayaṃ saṃdhīyate yadi cāpi saṃdhīyate kasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate
manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tatra cediṣṭametadyasmānmanuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavastasmādeva manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate yathā gaur goprabhavaḥ yathā cāśvo 'śvaprabhava iti evaṃ sati yaduktamagre samudayātmaka iti tadayuktam /
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.1 bharadvāja uvāca yadyayam eṣāṃ nānāvidhānāṃ garbhakarāṇāṃ bhāvānāṃ samudāyādabhinirvartate garbhaḥ kathamayaṃ saṃdhīyate yadi cāpi saṃdhīyate kasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca
manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tatra cediṣṭametadyasmānmanuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavastasmādeva manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate yathā gaur goprabhavaḥ yathā cāśvo 'śvaprabhava iti evaṃ sati yaduktamagre samudayātmaka iti tadayuktam /
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.1 bharadvāja uvāca yadyayam eṣāṃ nānāvidhānāṃ garbhakarāṇāṃ bhāvānāṃ samudāyādabhinirvartate garbhaḥ kathamayaṃ saṃdhīyate yadi cāpi saṃdhīyate kasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tatra
cediṣṭametadyasmānmanuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavastasmādeva manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate yathā gaur goprabhavaḥ yathā cāśvo 'śvaprabhava iti evaṃ sati yaduktamagre samudayātmaka iti tadayuktam /
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.1 bharadvāja uvāca yadyayam eṣāṃ nānāvidhānāṃ garbhakarāṇāṃ bhāvānāṃ samudāyādabhinirvartate garbhaḥ kathamayaṃ saṃdhīyate yadi cāpi saṃdhīyate kasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tatra cediṣṭametadyasmānmanuṣyo
manuṣyaprabhavastasmādeva manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate yathā gaur goprabhavaḥ yathā cāśvo 'śvaprabhava iti evaṃ sati yaduktamagre samudayātmaka iti tadayuktam /
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.1 bharadvāja uvāca yadyayam eṣāṃ nānāvidhānāṃ garbhakarāṇāṃ bhāvānāṃ samudāyādabhinirvartate garbhaḥ kathamayaṃ saṃdhīyate yadi cāpi saṃdhīyate kasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tatra cediṣṭametadyasmānmanuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavastasmādeva
manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate yathā gaur goprabhavaḥ yathā cāśvo 'śvaprabhava iti evaṃ sati yaduktamagre samudayātmaka iti tadayuktam /
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.2 yadi ca
manuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavaḥ kasmāj jaḍāndhakubjamūkavāmanaminminavyaṅgonmattakuṣṭhikilāsibhyo jātāḥ pitṛsadṛśarūpā na bhavanti /
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.2 yadi ca manuṣyo
manuṣyaprabhavaḥ kasmāj jaḍāndhakubjamūkavāmanaminminavyaṅgonmattakuṣṭhikilāsibhyo jātāḥ pitṛsadṛśarūpā na bhavanti /
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.2 yasmāttu samudāyaprabhavaḥ san sa garbho
manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyo manuṣyaprabhava ityucyate tadvakṣyāmaḥ bhūtānāṃ caturvidhā yonir bhavati jarāyvaṇḍasvedodbhidaḥ /
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.2 yasmāttu samudāyaprabhavaḥ san sa garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate
manuṣyo manuṣyaprabhava ityucyate tadvakṣyāmaḥ bhūtānāṃ caturvidhā yonir bhavati jarāyvaṇḍasvedodbhidaḥ /
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.2 yasmāttu samudāyaprabhavaḥ san sa garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyo
manuṣyaprabhava ityucyate tadvakṣyāmaḥ bhūtānāṃ caturvidhā yonir bhavati jarāyvaṇḍasvedodbhidaḥ /
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.4 tatra jarāyujānām aṇḍajānāṃ ca prāṇināmete garbhakarā bhāvā yāṃ yāṃ yonimāpadyante tasyāṃ tasyāṃ yonau tathātathārūpā bhavanti yathā kanakarajatatāmratrapusīsakānyāsicyamānāni teṣu teṣu madhūcchiṣṭavigraheṣu tāni yadā
manuṣyabimbamāpadyante tadā manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyante tasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tadyonitvāt //
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.4 tatra jarāyujānām aṇḍajānāṃ ca prāṇināmete garbhakarā bhāvā yāṃ yāṃ yonimāpadyante tasyāṃ tasyāṃ yonau tathātathārūpā bhavanti yathā kanakarajatatāmratrapusīsakānyāsicyamānāni teṣu teṣu madhūcchiṣṭavigraheṣu tāni yadā manuṣyabimbamāpadyante tadā
manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyante tasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tadyonitvāt //
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.4 tatra jarāyujānām aṇḍajānāṃ ca prāṇināmete garbhakarā bhāvā yāṃ yāṃ yonimāpadyante tasyāṃ tasyāṃ yonau tathātathārūpā bhavanti yathā kanakarajatatāmratrapusīsakānyāsicyamānāni teṣu teṣu madhūcchiṣṭavigraheṣu tāni yadā manuṣyabimbamāpadyante tadā manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyante tasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho
manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tadyonitvāt //
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.4 tatra jarāyujānām aṇḍajānāṃ ca prāṇināmete garbhakarā bhāvā yāṃ yāṃ yonimāpadyante tasyāṃ tasyāṃ yonau tathātathārūpā bhavanti yathā kanakarajatatāmratrapusīsakānyāsicyamānāni teṣu teṣu madhūcchiṣṭavigraheṣu tāni yadā manuṣyabimbamāpadyante tadā manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyante tasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate
manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tadyonitvāt //
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.4 tatra jarāyujānām aṇḍajānāṃ ca prāṇināmete garbhakarā bhāvā yāṃ yāṃ yonimāpadyante tasyāṃ tasyāṃ yonau tathātathārūpā bhavanti yathā kanakarajatatāmratrapusīsakānyāsicyamānāni teṣu teṣu madhūcchiṣṭavigraheṣu tāni yadā manuṣyabimbamāpadyante tadā manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyante tasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca
manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tadyonitvāt //
Ca, Śār., 3, 17.1 yaccoktaṃ yadi ca
manuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavaḥ kasmānna jaḍādibhyo jātāḥ pitṛsadṛśarūpā bhavantīti tatrocyate yasya yasya hyaṅgāvayavasya bīje bījabhāga upatapto bhavati tasya tasyāṅgāvayavasya vikṛtirupajāyate nopajāyate cānupatāpāt tasmādubhayopapattirapyatra /
Ca, Śār., 3, 17.1 yaccoktaṃ yadi ca manuṣyo
manuṣyaprabhavaḥ kasmānna jaḍādibhyo jātāḥ pitṛsadṛśarūpā bhavantīti tatrocyate yasya yasya hyaṅgāvayavasya bīje bījabhāga upatapto bhavati tasya tasyāṅgāvayavasya vikṛtirupajāyate nopajāyate cānupatāpāt tasmādubhayopapattirapyatra /
Ca, Śār., 8, 14.2 tato yā yā yeṣāṃ yeṣāṃ janapadānāṃ
manuṣyāṇāmanurūpaṃ putramāśāsīta sā sā teṣāṃ teṣāṃ janapadānāṃ manuṣyāṇām āhāravihāropacāraparicchadān anuvidhatsveti vācyā syāt /
Ca, Śār., 8, 14.2 tato yā yā yeṣāṃ yeṣāṃ janapadānāṃ manuṣyāṇāmanurūpaṃ putramāśāsīta sā sā teṣāṃ teṣāṃ janapadānāṃ
manuṣyāṇām āhāravihāropacāraparicchadān anuvidhatsveti vācyā syāt /
Lalitavistara
LalVis, 1, 50.1 udāraśca bhagavataḥ kīrtiśabdaśloko loke 'bhyudgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavit paraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān pañcacakṣuḥsamanvāgataḥ //
LalVis, 1, 67.1 tadyathā bhagavatā padmottareṇa ca dharmaketunā ca dīpaṃkareṇa ca guṇaketunā ca mahākareṇa ca ṛṣidevena ca śrītejasā ca satyaketunā ca vajrasaṃhatena ca sarvābhibhuvā ca hemavarṇena ca atyuccagāminā ca pravāhasāgareṇa ca puṣpaketunā ca vararūpeṇa ca sulocanena ca ṛṣiguptena ca jinavaktreṇa ca unnatena ca puṣpitena ca ūrṇatejasā ca puṣkareṇa ca suraśminā ca maṅgalena ca sudarśanena ca mahāsiṃhatejasā ca sthitabuddhidattena ca vasantagandhinā ca satyadharmavipulakīrtinā ca tiṣyeṇa ca puṣyeṇa ca lokasundareṇa ca vistīrṇabhedena ca ratnakīrtinā ca ugratejasā ca brahmatejasā ca sughoṣeṇa ca supuṣpeṇa ca sumanojñaghoṣeṇa ca suceṣṭarūpeṇa ca prahasitanetreṇa ca guṇarāśinā ca meghasvareṇa ca sundaravarṇena ca āyustejasā ca salīlagajagāminā ca lokābhilāṣitena ca jitaśatruṇā ca saṃpūjitena ca vipaśyinā ca śikhinā ca viśvabhuvā ca kakucchandena ca kanakamuninā ca kāśyapena ca tathāgatenārhatā samyaksaṃbuddhena bhāṣitapūrvaḥ taṃ bhagavānapyetarhi saṃprakāśayet bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
LalVis, 1, 75.1 tadbhaviṣyati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca etarhi cāgatānāṃ ca bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānām //
LalVis, 2, 1.1 tatra bhikṣavaḥ katamaḥ sulalitavistaro nāma dharmaparyāyaḥ sūtrānto mahāvaipulyaḥ iha bhikṣavo bodhisattvasya tuṣitavarabhavanāvasthitasya pūjyapūjitasyābhiṣekaprāptasya devaśatasahasrastutastaumitavarṇitapraśaṃsitasya labdhābhiṣekasya praṇidhānasamudgatasya sarvabuddhadharmasamudāgatabuddheḥ suvipulapariśuddhajñānanayanasya smṛtimatigatidhṛtyuttaptavipulabuddheḥ dānaśīlakṣāntivīryadhyānaprajñāmahopāyakauśalyaparamapāramitāprāptasya mahāmaitrīkaruṇāmuditopekṣābrahmapathakovidasya mahābhijñāsaṃgaṇāvaraṇajñānasaṃdarśanābhimukhībhūtasya smṛtyupasthānasamyakprahāṇaṛddhipādendriyabalabodhyaṅgamārgasarvabodhipakṣadharmasuparipūrṇakoṭiprāptasya aparimitapuṇyasaṃbhāralakṣaṇānuvyañjanasamalaṃkṛtakāyasya dīrghānuparivartino yathāvāditathākāryavitathavākkarmasamudāhārakasya ṛjvakuṭilāvaṅkāpratihatamānasasya sarvamānamadadarpabhayaviṣādāpagatasya sarvasattvasamacittasya aparimitabuddhakoṭinayutaśatasahasraparyupāsitasya bahubodhisattvakoṭinayutaśatasahasrāvalokitāvalokitavadanasya śakrabrahmamaheśvaralokapāladevanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragarākṣasagaṇair abhinanditayaśasaḥ sarvapadaprabhedanirdeśāsaṅgapratisaṃvidavatārajñānakuśalasya sarvabuddhabhāṣitadhāraṇasmṛtibhājanāvikṣepānantāparyantadhāraṇīpratilabdhasya mahādharmanausmṛtyupasthānasamyakprahāṇaṛddhipādendriyabalabodhyaṅgamārgapāramitopāyakauśalyadharmaratnapuṇyasamudānītamahāsārthavāhasya caturoghapāragāminābhiprāyasya nihatamānapratyarthikasya sarvaparapravādisunigṛhītasya saṃgrāmaśīrṣasupratiṣṭhitasya kleśaripugaṇanisūdanasya jñānavaravajradṛḍhapraharaṇasya bodhicittamūlamahākaruṇādaṇḍādhyāśayodgatasya gambhīravīryasalilābhiṣiktasya upāyakauśalakarṇikasya bodhyaṅgadhyānakeśarasya samādhikiñjalkasya guṇagaṇavimalasarasisujātasya vigatamadamānaparivāhaśaśivimalavistīrṇapatrasya śīlaśrutāprasādadaśadigapratihatagandhino loke jñānavṛddhasyāṣṭābhirlokadharmair anupaliptasya mahāpuruṣapadmasya puṇyajñānasaṃbhāravisṛtasurabhigandhinaḥ prajñājñānadinakarakiraṇair vikasitasuviśuddhaśatapatrapadmatapanasya caturṛddhipādaparamajāpajapitasya caturāryasatyasutīkṣṇanakhadaṃṣṭrasya caturbrahmavihāraniśritadarśanasya catuḥsaṃgrahavastususaṃgṛhītaśirasaḥ dvādaśāṅgapratītyasamutpādānubodhānupūrvasamudgatakāyasya saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣadharmasaṃpratipūrṇasuvijātināvidyājñānakeśariṇastrivimokṣamukhāvajṛmbhitasya śamathavidarśanāsuviśuddhanayanasya dhyānavimokṣasamādhisamāpattigiridarīguhānivāsitasya caturīryāpathavinayanaupavanasuvardhitataror daśabalavaiśāradyābhyāsībhāvitabalasya vigatabhavavibhavabhayalomaharṣasyāsaṃkucitaparākramasya tīrthyaśaśamṛgagaṇasaṃghaśamathanasya nairātmyaghoṣodāhāramahāsiṃhanādanādinaḥ puruṣasiṃhasya vimuktidhyānamaṇḍalaprajñaprabharaśmitīrthakarakhadyotagaṇaniḥprabhaṃkarasya avidyātamo'ndhakāratamaḥpaṭalavitimirakaraṇasyottaptabalavīryasya
devamanuṣyeṣu puṇyatejastejitasya mahāpuruṣadinakarasya kṛṣṇapakṣāpagatasya śuklapakṣapratipūrṇasya manāpapriyadarśanasya apratihatacakṣurindriyasya devaśatasahasrajyotirgaṇapratimaṇḍitasya dhyānavimokṣajñānamaṇḍalasya bodhyaṅgasukharaśmiśaśikiraṇasya buddhavibuddhamanujakumudavibodhakasya mahāpuruṣacandrasamacatuṣparṣaddvīpānuparītasya saptabodhyaṅgaratnasamanvāgatasya sarvasattvasamacittaprayogasyāpratihatabuddheḥ daśakuśalakarmapathavratatapasaḥ susamṛddhapratipūrṇaviśeṣagamanābhiprāyasya apratihatadharmarājāvarapravaradharmaratnacakrapravartakasya cakravartivaṃśakulakuloditasya gambhīraduravagāhapratītyasamutpādasarvadharmaratnapratipūrṇasya atṛptaśrutavipulavistīrṇārambhajñānaśīlavelānatikramaṇasya mahāpadmagarbhekṣaṇasya sāgaravaradharavipulabuddheḥ pṛthivyaptejovāyusamacittasya merukalpadṛḍhabalāprakampamānasyānunayapratighāpagatasya gaganatalavimalavipulāsahyavistīrṇabuddheḥ adhyāśayasupariśuddhasya sudattadānasya sukṛtapūrvayogasya sukṛtādhikārasya dattasatyaṃkārasya paryeṣitasarvakuśalamūlasya vāsitavāsanasya niryāṇamiva sarvakuśalamūlasya saptasaṃkhyeyeṣu kalpeṣu samudānītasarvakuśalamūlasyandasya dattasaptavidhadānasya pañcavidhapuṇyakriyāvastvavasevitavatastrividhaṃ kāyikena caturvidhaṃ vācā trividhaṃ manasā sucaritavato daśakulakarmapathādānasevitavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyakprayogamāsevitavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyakpraṇidhānapraṇihitavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyagadhyāśayapratipannavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyagvimokṣaparipūritavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyagadhimuktimṛjīkṛtavataḥ catvāriṃśatsu buddhakoṭīniyutaśatasahasreṣvanupravrajitavataḥ pañcapañcāśatsu buddhakoṭīniyutaśatasahasreṣu dānāni dattavataḥ ardhacaturtheṣu pratyekabuddhakoṭīśateṣu kṛtādhikāravataḥ aprameyāsaṃkhyeyān sattvān svargamokṣamārgapratipāditavataḥ anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃboddhukāmasyaikajātipratibaddhasya itaścyutvā tuṣitavarabhavane sthitasya śvetaketunāmno devaputrottamasya sarvadevasaṃghaiḥ sampūjyamānasya raśmyāyamaparamitaścyuto martyasya lokotpanno nacirādanuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbhotsyatīti //
LalVis, 3, 4.9 atha ye te bhavanti pūrvasyāṃ diśi rājāno maṇḍalinaḥ te rūpyapātrīṃ vā suvarṇacūrṇaparipūrṇāmādāya svarṇapātrīṃ vā rūpyacūrṇaparipūrṇāmādāya rājānaṃ cakravartinaṃ pratyuttiṣṭhanti ehi deva svāgataṃ devāya idaṃ devasya rājyamṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ramaṇīyaṃ
cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca /
LalVis, 3, 7.5 ye khalu punastasya maṇiratnasya sāmantake
manuṣyāḥ prativasanti te tenāvabhāsenāsphuṭa samānā anyonyaṃ saṃjānanti anyonyaṃ paśyanti anyonyamāhuḥ uttiṣṭha bhadramukhāḥ karmāntāni kārayata āpaṇāni prasārayata divā manyāmahe sūryamabhyudgatam /
LalVis, 3, 10.7 saced agārādanagārikāṃ pravrajiṣyati vāntachandarāgo netā ananyadevaḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ceti //
LalVis, 3, 17.1 kiṃ kāraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bodhisattvo deśavilokitaṃ vilokayati sma na bodhisattvāḥ pratyantajanapadeṣūpapadyante yeṣu
manuṣyā andhajātyā jaḍā eḍamūkajātīyā abhavyāḥ subhāṣitadurbhāṣitānāmarthaṃ jñātum /
LalVis, 3, 22.1 apare 'pyāhuḥ iyaṃ vaiśālī mahānagarī ṛddhā ca sphītā ca kṣemā ca subhikṣā ca ramaṇīyā
cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyā ca vitardiniryūhatoraṇagavākṣaharmyakūṭāgāraprāsādatalasamalaṃkṛtā ca puṣpavāṭikāvanarājisaṃkusumitā ca amarabhavanapuraprākāśyā /
LalVis, 3, 24.1 apara evamāhuḥ iyaṃ mathurā nagarī ṛddhā ca sphītā ca kṣemā ca subhikṣā
cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyā ca /
LalVis, 3, 31.2 katamaṃ kulaṃ evaṃguṇasamanvāgataṃ bhaved yāvadvidham anena satpuruṣeṇa nirdiṣṭam teṣāṃ cintāmanaskāraprayuktānāmetadabhūt idaṃ khalvapi śākyakulaṃ ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ramaṇīyaṃ
cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca /
LalVis, 3, 43.1 na vidyate kanya
manuṣyaloke gandharvaloke 'tha ca devaloke /
LalVis, 4, 4.26 satyaṃ dharmālokamukhaṃ
devamanuṣyāvisaṃvādanatāyai saṃvartate /
LalVis, 6, 35.2 rājñā cāpi śuddhodanena
manuṣyātikrāntaṃ divyāsaṃprāptaṃ gṛhataraṃ pratisaṃskāritamabhūt /
LalVis, 6, 38.1 atha khalu tasyāṃ devaparṣadi keṣāṃciddevaputrāṇāmetadabhavad ye 'pi tāvaccāturmahārājakāyikā devāste 'pi
tāvanmanuṣyāśrayagatatvena nirvidyāpakramanti /
LalVis, 6, 38.3 tatkathaṃ hi nāma sarvalokābhyudgato bodhisattvaḥ śucirnirāmagandhaḥ sattvaratnaḥ saṃtuṣitāddevanikāyāccyutvā durgandhe
manuṣyāśraye daśamāsān mātuḥ kukṣau sthita iti //
LalVis, 6, 39.3 kathaṃ hi nāma sarvalokābhyudgato bhagavān pūrvaṃ bodhisattvabhūta eva tuṣitāddevanikāyāccyavitvā
manuṣyāśraye durgandhe māturdakṣiṇe pārśve kukṣāvupapanna iti /
LalVis, 6, 46.2 tatkasmāt yatsahaśravaṇādeva jāmbudvīpakā
manuṣyā unmādamāpatsyanta iti //
LalVis, 6, 52.6 dharmatā khalveṣā bodhisattvasya pūrvakeṇa ca praṇidhānena iyaṃ cetanā ṛddhāvavaśyaṃ bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
manuṣyaloka upapattavyamabhiniṣkramya cānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbudhya dharmacakraṃ pravartayitavyam /
LalVis, 6, 56.2 na ca kaściddevo vā nāgo vā yakṣo vā
manuṣyo vā amanuṣyo vā yaḥ śaknoti sma bodhisattvaṃ pūrvataraṃ pratisaṃmoditum /
LalVis, 6, 63.4 darśayati sma tathāgata āyuṣmata ānandasya śakrasya devānāmindrasya caturṇāṃ ca lokapālānāṃ tadanyeṣāṃ ca
devamanuṣyāṇām /
LalVis, 6, 64.1 tatra khalu bhagavān punarapi bhikṣūnāmantrayate sma iti hi bhikṣavo daśamāsakukṣigatena bodhisattvena ṣaṭtriṃśannayutāni
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ triṣu yāneṣu paripācitānyabhūvan /
LalVis, 7, 30.2 aparigṛhītaḥ khalu punarbodhisattvaḥ
kenacinmanuṣyabhūtena atha tarhi bodhisattvaṃ devatāḥ prathamataraṃ pratigṛhṇanti sma //
LalVis, 7, 32.6 dakṣiṇāṃ diśamabhimukhaḥ sapta padāni prakrāntaḥ dakṣiṇīyo bhaviṣyāmi
devamanuṣyāṇām /
LalVis, 7, 36.7 garbhāvasthitaśca sattvānukampayā hi bodhisattvo
manuṣyaloke upapadyate na devabhūta eva dharmacakraṃ pravartayati /
LalVis, 7, 36.9 devabhūtaḥ sa bhagavān tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vayaṃ tu
manuṣyamātrāḥ /
LalVis, 7, 124.1 iti hi bhikṣavo jātamātrasya bodhisattvasya maheśvaro devaputraḥ śuddhāvāsakāyikān devaputrānāmantryaivamāha yo 'sau mārṣā asaṃkhyeyakalpakoṭiniyutaśatasahasrasukṛtakarmadānaśīlakṣāntivīryadhyānaprajñopāyaśrattacaraṇavratatapaḥsucaritacaraṇaḥ mahāmaitrīmahākaruṇāmahāmuditāsamanvāgata upekṣāsamudgatacittaḥ sarvasattvahitasukhodyato dṛḍhavīryakavacasusaṃnāhasaṃnaddhaḥ pūrvajinakṛtakuśalamūloditaḥ śatapuṇyalakṣaṇasamalaṃkṛtaḥ sukṛtaniścayaparākramaḥ paracakrapramathanaḥ suvimalaśuddhāśayasampannaḥ sucaritacaraṇo mahājñānaketudhvajaḥ mārabalāntakaraṇaḥ trisāhasramahāsāhasrasārthavāhaḥ
devamanuṣyapūjitamahāyajñayaṣṭaḥ susamṛddhapuṇyanicayaniḥsaraṇābhiprāyo jātijarāmaraṇāntakaraḥ sujātajātaḥ ikṣvākurājakulasambhūto jagadvibodhayitā bodhisattvo mahāsattvo manuṣyaloka upapannaḥ /
LalVis, 7, 124.1 iti hi bhikṣavo jātamātrasya bodhisattvasya maheśvaro devaputraḥ śuddhāvāsakāyikān devaputrānāmantryaivamāha yo 'sau mārṣā asaṃkhyeyakalpakoṭiniyutaśatasahasrasukṛtakarmadānaśīlakṣāntivīryadhyānaprajñopāyaśrattacaraṇavratatapaḥsucaritacaraṇaḥ mahāmaitrīmahākaruṇāmahāmuditāsamanvāgata upekṣāsamudgatacittaḥ sarvasattvahitasukhodyato dṛḍhavīryakavacasusaṃnāhasaṃnaddhaḥ pūrvajinakṛtakuśalamūloditaḥ śatapuṇyalakṣaṇasamalaṃkṛtaḥ sukṛtaniścayaparākramaḥ paracakrapramathanaḥ suvimalaśuddhāśayasampannaḥ sucaritacaraṇo mahājñānaketudhvajaḥ mārabalāntakaraṇaḥ trisāhasramahāsāhasrasārthavāhaḥ devamanuṣyapūjitamahāyajñayaṣṭaḥ susamṛddhapuṇyanicayaniḥsaraṇābhiprāyo jātijarāmaraṇāntakaraḥ sujātajātaḥ ikṣvākurājakulasambhūto jagadvibodhayitā bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
manuṣyaloka upapannaḥ /
LalVis, 8, 8.7 tatra
devamanuṣyaśatasahasrāṇi hīhīkārakilakilāpramukhaiḥ prakṣveḍitaśatasahasrāṇi prāmuñcan /
LalVis, 12, 84.3 tatra
devamanuṣyaśatasahasrāṇi hīhīkārakilikilāprakṣveḍitaśatasahasrāṇi prāmuñcan /
LalVis, 13, 142.1 tatra bhikṣavo bodhisattvo mahopāyakauśalyavikrīḍitena sarvāntaḥpurasya yathādhimuktyā īryāpathamupadarśya paurvikāṇāṃ ca bodhisattvānāṃ lokaviṣayasamatikrāntānāṃ lokānuvartanakriyādharmatāmanuvartya dīrgharātraṃ suviditakāmadoṣaḥ sattvaparipākavaśād akāmāt kāmopabhogaṃ saṃdarśya aparimitakuśalamūlopacayapuṇyasaṃbhārabalaviśeṣaṇāsadṛśīṃ lokādhipateyatāṃ saṃdarśya
devamanuṣyātikrāntaṃ sārodāravividhavicitrarūpaśabdagandharasasparśaparamaratiramaṇīyaṃ kāmaratirasaukhyamupadarśya sarvakāmaratisvaviṣayeṣvaparyantatvāt svacittavaśavartitāṃ saṃdarśya pūrvapraṇidhānabalasahāyakuśalamūlopacitān sattvān samānasaṃvāsatayā paripācya sarvalokasaṃkleśamalāsaṃkliṣṭacittatayāntaḥpuramadhyagato yathābhinimantritasya sattvadhātoḥ paripākakālamavekṣamāṇo bhūyasyā mātrayā bodhisattvastasmin samaye pūrvapratijñāmanusmarati sma buddhadharmāṃścāmukhīkaroti sma praṇidhānabalaṃ cābhinirharati sma /
Mahābhārata
MBh, 1, 3, 67.2 tāsāṃ yātam ṛṣayo 'nuprayānti devā
manuṣyāḥ kṣitim ācaranti //
MBh, 1, 3, 68.2 te bhānavo 'py anusṛtāś caranti devā
manuṣyāḥ kṣitim ācaranti //
MBh, 1, 82, 9.1 aruṃtudaṃ puruṣaṃ rūkṣavācaṃ vākkaṇṭakair vitudantaṃ
manuṣyān /
MBh, 1, 85, 2.3 tathā tatra kṣīṇapuṇyaṃ
manuṣyaṃ tyajanti sadyaḥ seśvarā devasaṃghāḥ //
MBh, 1, 184, 5.1 ye cānnam icchanti dadasva tebhyaḥ pariśritā ye parito
manuṣyāḥ /
MBh, 1, 189, 7.2 vaivasvato vyāpṛtaḥ satrahetos tena tvime na mriyante
manuṣyāḥ /
MBh, 1, 190, 4.6 anye 'pyevaṃ syur
manuṣyāḥ striyaśca na dharmaḥ syān mānavokto narendra //
MBh, 2, 57, 12.1 na vāsayet pāravargyaṃ dviṣantaṃ viśeṣataḥ kṣattar ahitaṃ
manuṣyam /
MBh, 3, 249, 6.1 ahaṃ tu rājñaḥ surathasya putro yaṃ koṭikāśyeti vidur
manuṣyāḥ /
MBh, 3, 250, 4.1 jānāmi ca tvāṃ surathasya putraṃ yaṃ koṭikāśyeti vidur
manuṣyāḥ /
MBh, 3, 250, 5.1 apatyam asmi drupadasya rājñaḥ kṛṣṇeti māṃ śaibya vidur
manuṣyāḥ /
MBh, 3, 252, 14.2 indro 'pi tāṃ nāpaharet
kathaṃcinmanuṣyamātraḥ kṛpaṇaḥ kuto 'nyaḥ //
MBh, 5, 27, 3.1 alpakālaṃ jīvitaṃ
yanmanuṣye mahāsrāvaṃ nityaduḥkhaṃ calaṃ ca /
MBh, 5, 27, 4.1 kāmā
manuṣyaṃ prasajjanta eva dharmasya ye vighnamūlaṃ narendra /
MBh, 5, 32, 12.2 imaṃ dṛṣṭvā niyamaṃ pāṇḍavasya manye paraṃ karma daivaṃ
manuṣyāt //
MBh, 5, 36, 8.1 aruṃtudaṃ paruṣaṃ rūkṣavācaṃ vākkaṇṭakair vitudantaṃ
manuṣyān /
MBh, 5, 36, 34.2 evaṃ yuktā bhārasahā bhavanti mahākulīnā na tathānye
manuṣyāḥ //
MBh, 5, 37, 7.1 yasmin yathā vartate yo
manuṣyas tasmiṃstathā vartitavyaṃ sa dharmaḥ /
MBh, 5, 40, 14.1 mṛtaṃ putraṃ duḥkhapuṣṭaṃ
manuṣyā utkṣipya rājan svagṛhānnirharanti /
MBh, 5, 43, 8.2 īrṣyā jugupsā ca
manuṣyadoṣā varjyāḥ sadā dvādaśaite nareṇa //
MBh, 5, 71, 35.3 manuṣyalokakṣapaṇo 'tha ghoro no ced anuprāpta ihāntakaḥ syāt //
MBh, 7, 29, 40.1 hatair
manuṣyaisturagaiśca sarvataḥ śarābhivṛṣṭair dviradaiśca pātitaiḥ /
MBh, 7, 51, 38.1 asurasuramanuṣyāḥ pakṣiṇo voragā vā pitṛrajanicarā vā brahmadevarṣayo vā /
MBh, 8, 12, 66.1 tair āhatau
sarvamanuṣyamukhyāv asṛkkṣarantau dhanadendrakalpau /
MBh, 8, 26, 48.2 alaṃ
manuṣyasya sukhāya vartituṃ tathā hi yuddhe nihataḥ parair guruḥ //
MBh, 8, 29, 11.1 adyāhave yasya na tulyam anyaṃ manye
manuṣyaṃ dhanur ādadānam /
MBh, 8, 29, 17.1 adyāhave yasya na tulyam anyaṃ
madhyemanuṣyaṃ dhanur ādadānam /
MBh, 8, 61, 9.1 ye cāpi tatrāpatitā
manuṣyās teṣāṃ karebhyaḥ patitaṃ ca śastram /
MBh, 8, 62, 54.1 tad asya
karmātimanuṣyakarmaṇaḥ samīkṣya hṛṣṭāḥ kuravo 'bhyapūjayan /
MBh, 8, 64, 2.2 sarve 'ntarikṣe dadṛśur
manuṣyāḥ khasthāṃś ca tān vismayanīyarūpān //
MBh, 8, 64, 19.1 tad adbhutaṃ
devamanuṣyasākṣikaṃ samīkṣya bhūtāni visiṣmiyur nṛpa /
MBh, 8, 67, 27.2 tad adbhutaṃ
sarvamanuṣyayodhāḥ paśyanti rājan nihate sma karṇe //
MBh, 8, 68, 22.1 hatair
manuṣyāśvagajaiś ca saṃkhye śarāvabhinnaiś ca rathair babhūva /
MBh, 8, 68, 25.2 manuṣyamātaṅgarathāśvarāśibhir drutaṃ vrajanto bahudhā vicūrṇitāḥ //
MBh, 8, 68, 52.1 sa
devagandharvamanuṣyapūjitaṃ nihatya karṇaṃ ripum āhave 'rjunaḥ /
MBh, 8, 68, 63.1 sadevagandharvamanuṣyacāraṇair maharṣibhir yakṣamahoragair api /
MBh, 12, 25, 33.1 vṛttaṃ yasya ślāghanīyaṃ
manuṣyāḥ santo vidvāṃsaścārhayantyarhaṇīyāḥ /
MBh, 12, 26, 5.2 paryāyayogād vihitaṃ vidhātrā kālena sarvaṃ labhate
manuṣyaḥ //
MBh, 12, 65, 7.1 nirmaryāde nityam arthe vinaṣṭān āhustān vai
paśubhūtānmanuṣyān /
MBh, 12, 172, 36.1 tad aham anuniśāmya viprayātaṃ pṛthag abhipannam ihābudhair
manuṣyaiḥ /
MBh, 12, 195, 4.2 rūpāṇi cakṣur na ca tatparaṃ yad gṛhṇantyanadhyātmavido
manuṣyāḥ //
MBh, 12, 195, 8.1 yathā ca kaścit sukṛtair
manuṣyaḥ śubhāśubhaṃ prāpnute 'thāvirodhāt /
MBh, 12, 309, 30.1 yo lubdhaḥ subhṛśaṃ priyānṛtaśca
manuṣyaḥ satatanikṛtivañcanāratiḥ syāt /
MBh, 12, 329, 7.3 havir mantrāṇāṃ sampūjā vidyate
devamanuṣyāṇām anena tvaṃ hoteti niyuktaḥ /
MBh, 14, 9, 29.3 na durbale vai visṛjāmi vajraṃ ko me 'sukhāya
praharenmanuṣyaḥ //
Manusmṛti
Rāmāyaṇa
Rām, Ār, 60, 52.2 sadevagandharvamanuṣyapannagaṃ jagat saśailaṃ parivartayāmy aham //
Saundarānanda
SaundĀ, 4, 5.2 manuṣyaloke hi tadā babhūva sā sundarī strīṣu nareṣu nandaḥ //
SaundĀ, 10, 44.2 manuṣyaloke dyutimaṅganānām antardadhātyapsarasāṃ tathā śrīḥ //
SaundĀ, 10, 62.1 kṣitau
manuṣyo dhanurādibhiḥ śramaiḥ striyaḥ kadāciddhi labheta vā na vā /
Saṅghabhedavastu
SBhedaV, 1, 41.1 tadyathaitarhi
manuṣyāḥ kiṃcid eva svādu subhojanaṃ bhuktvā tad eva purāṇam akṣarapadavyañjanam anusmaranta evam āhur aho rasa aho rasa iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 52.1 tadyathaitarhi
manuṣyāḥ kenacid eva duḥkhadaurmanasyena spṛṣṭāḥ tāny eva purāṇāny akṣarapadavyañjanāny anuvyavaharanta evam āhur aho bata aho bateti //
SBhedaV, 1, 75.1 tadyathaitarhi
manuṣyā vadhukāyām udvāhyamānāyāṃ cūrṇam api kṣipanti gandham api mālyam api vastrajālāny api kṣipanti //
SBhedaV, 1, 131.0 dharmeṇa prajā rañjayati śīlavṛttasamudācāreṇa prajñāvṛttasamudācāreṇeti rājā rājeti saṃjñodapādi mahāsammatasya gautamā rājño
manuṣyāṇāṃ sattvā sattvā iti saṃjñābhūt //
SBhedaV, 1, 134.0 upoṣadhasya gautamā rājño
manuṣyāṇāṃ stālajaṅghā stālajaṅghā iti saṃjñābhūt //
SBhedaV, 1, 141.0 yasmin samaye māndhātā rājā rājyaṃ kārayati tasmin samaye
manuṣyāḥ cintakā abhūvan tulakā upaparīkṣakāḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 180.0 tena khalu samayena kāśyapo nāma śāstā loke utpannaḥ tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān yasya antike bodhisattvo bhagavān āyatyāṃ bodhāya praṇidhāya brahmacaryaṃ caritvā tuṣite devanikāye upapannaḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 201.1 tena khalu samayena kapilavastuni nagare siṃhahanur nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ
cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca devadṛśe nagare suprabuddho rājyaṃ rājā kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca suprabuddhasya rājño lumbinī nāmāgramahiṣī abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā janapadakalyāṇī devadṛśe 'nyatamo gṛhapatiḥ prativasaty āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī tasyārāmaḥ puṣpasampannaḥ phalasampannaḥ śālisampanno nānāvihaganikūjitaḥ tasyābhirāmatayā rājā kālānukālaṃ tatra gatvā sārdham antaḥpureṇa ratikrīḍāṃ pratyanubhavati lumbinyās taṃ dṛṣṭvā spṛhā utpannā sā kathayati deva mamaitam ārāmam anuprayaccheti rājā kathayati gṛhapatisantako 'yam ārāmaḥ katham anuprayacchāmi yadi tvam ārāmeṇārthinī anyaṃ tavārthāya śobhanataraṃ kārayāmīti tato rājñā suprabuddhena lumbinyā arthāya tadviśiṣṭatara ārāmaḥ kāritaḥ tasya lumbinīvanaṃ lumbinīvanam iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā siṃhahanor dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ aho bata me kule cakravartī utpadyeta iti suprabuddhasyāpi rājño dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ aho bata me siṃhahanunā sārdhaṃ saṃbandhaḥ syād iti yāvat tasyāpareṇa samayena devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasattvā saṃvṛttā sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā dārikā jātā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetā tasyā rūpaśobhayā suprabuddho rājā sāntaḥpuro devadṛśanivāsī janakāyaś ca paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ saṃdigdhamanāś ca saṃvṛttaḥ kim iyaṃ dārikā āhosvid viśvakarmanirmiteyaṃ māyeti tasyās trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān vistareṇa jātāyā jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārikāyā nāmeti amātyāḥ kathayanti deva devadṛśanivāsijanakāyā rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu vipravadante kecit kathayanti dārikā evāsau pūrvakarmavipākābhiniṣpannā evaṃ varṇarūpaśobheti apare kathayanti nāsau dārikā kiṃ tarhi viśvakarmanirmitā sā māyeti tasmād bhavatu dārikāyā māyeti nāma tasyā māyeti nāma kṛtaṃ māyā dārikā aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattā pūrvavad yāvan mahatī saṃvṛttā sā naimittikair vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyaty anekalakṣaṇasampannaṃ rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartī bhūyo 'py asya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ duhitā jātā pratirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā paramayā varṇapuṣkalatayā samanvāgatā tasyā janmani sarvaṃ tan nagaram udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsitaṃ na cāsyāḥ śakyate sarvathā rūpaśobhāṃ varṇayituṃ yathā māyāyās tasyā api vistareṇa jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārikānāmeti amātyāḥ kathayanti asyā rūpaśobhā yan māyāṃ vyatiricya vartate tasmād bhavatu mahāmāyeti sāpy unnītā vardhitā mahatī saṃvṛttā sā naimittikair vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti suprabuddhena rājñā siṃhahanor dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ dve duhitarau jāte māyā mahāmāyā ca tatraikā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati lakṣaṇasampannaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartīti dvitīyā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti anayor yābhipretā śuddhodanasya kumārasyārthāyānayeti siṃhahanunā pratisandeśo dattaḥ dvābhyām api kumārasya prayojanaṃ kiṃtu na dve sadṛśe bhārye ekasyopasthāpayitavye iti yaivaṃ vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti eṣā tāvat pratīṣṭā dvitīyāyā arthāya gaṇam avalokayiṣyāmīti tena sā pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā tena khalu samayena śākyānāṃ pāṇḍavā nāma khaṣāḥ prativiruddhāḥ śākyāḥ sambhūya rājñaḥ siṃhahanoḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ deva pāṇḍavaiḥ khaṣair upadrutāḥ sma sāhāyyaṃ kalpayeti sa kathayati bhavanto vṛddho 'haṃ na śaknomi taiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmayituṃ deva śuddhodanaṃ kumāram anupreṣaya samayato 'nupreṣayāmi yadi kumārasya yathābhipretaṃ varaṃ prārthayato 'nuprayacchata te kathayanti deva evaṃ bhavatu prayacchāmaḥ rājñā caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ dattvā śuddhodanaḥ kumāraḥ preṣitaḥ tena te khaṣāḥ hataprahatavidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ tataḥ śākyāḥ parituṣṭāḥ siṃhahano rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ deva kumāreṇa pāṇḍavāḥ khaṣāḥ hataprahatāḥ vidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ parituṣṭā smaḥ vada kumārasya kaṃ varam anuprayacchāmaḥ bhavantaḥ śākyaiḥ kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ na kenacid dve sadṛśe bhārye upasthāpayitavye iti deva kiṃ mucyatāṃ kriyākāraḥ sa kathayati sutarāṃ baddhavyo na moktavyaḥ kiṃtu kumārasyaikaṃ varam anuprayacchatha dvitīyāṃ sadṛśīṃ bhāryām upasthāpayituṃ deva śobhanam evaṃ kriyatāṃ tataḥ siṃhahanunā suprabuddhasya lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ avalokito mayā gaṇaḥ dvitīyāṃ duhitaram anupreṣayeti tena sāpi pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā śuddhodanena kumāreṇa dve api pariṇīte //
SBhedaV, 1, 201.1 tena khalu samayena kapilavastuni nagare siṃhahanur nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca devadṛśe nagare suprabuddho rājyaṃ rājā kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ
cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca suprabuddhasya rājño lumbinī nāmāgramahiṣī abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā janapadakalyāṇī devadṛśe 'nyatamo gṛhapatiḥ prativasaty āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī tasyārāmaḥ puṣpasampannaḥ phalasampannaḥ śālisampanno nānāvihaganikūjitaḥ tasyābhirāmatayā rājā kālānukālaṃ tatra gatvā sārdham antaḥpureṇa ratikrīḍāṃ pratyanubhavati lumbinyās taṃ dṛṣṭvā spṛhā utpannā sā kathayati deva mamaitam ārāmam anuprayaccheti rājā kathayati gṛhapatisantako 'yam ārāmaḥ katham anuprayacchāmi yadi tvam ārāmeṇārthinī anyaṃ tavārthāya śobhanataraṃ kārayāmīti tato rājñā suprabuddhena lumbinyā arthāya tadviśiṣṭatara ārāmaḥ kāritaḥ tasya lumbinīvanaṃ lumbinīvanam iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā siṃhahanor dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ aho bata me kule cakravartī utpadyeta iti suprabuddhasyāpi rājño dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ aho bata me siṃhahanunā sārdhaṃ saṃbandhaḥ syād iti yāvat tasyāpareṇa samayena devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasattvā saṃvṛttā sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā dārikā jātā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetā tasyā rūpaśobhayā suprabuddho rājā sāntaḥpuro devadṛśanivāsī janakāyaś ca paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ saṃdigdhamanāś ca saṃvṛttaḥ kim iyaṃ dārikā āhosvid viśvakarmanirmiteyaṃ māyeti tasyās trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān vistareṇa jātāyā jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārikāyā nāmeti amātyāḥ kathayanti deva devadṛśanivāsijanakāyā rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu vipravadante kecit kathayanti dārikā evāsau pūrvakarmavipākābhiniṣpannā evaṃ varṇarūpaśobheti apare kathayanti nāsau dārikā kiṃ tarhi viśvakarmanirmitā sā māyeti tasmād bhavatu dārikāyā māyeti nāma tasyā māyeti nāma kṛtaṃ māyā dārikā aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattā pūrvavad yāvan mahatī saṃvṛttā sā naimittikair vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyaty anekalakṣaṇasampannaṃ rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartī bhūyo 'py asya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ duhitā jātā pratirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā paramayā varṇapuṣkalatayā samanvāgatā tasyā janmani sarvaṃ tan nagaram udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsitaṃ na cāsyāḥ śakyate sarvathā rūpaśobhāṃ varṇayituṃ yathā māyāyās tasyā api vistareṇa jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārikānāmeti amātyāḥ kathayanti asyā rūpaśobhā yan māyāṃ vyatiricya vartate tasmād bhavatu mahāmāyeti sāpy unnītā vardhitā mahatī saṃvṛttā sā naimittikair vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti suprabuddhena rājñā siṃhahanor dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ dve duhitarau jāte māyā mahāmāyā ca tatraikā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati lakṣaṇasampannaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartīti dvitīyā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti anayor yābhipretā śuddhodanasya kumārasyārthāyānayeti siṃhahanunā pratisandeśo dattaḥ dvābhyām api kumārasya prayojanaṃ kiṃtu na dve sadṛśe bhārye ekasyopasthāpayitavye iti yaivaṃ vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti eṣā tāvat pratīṣṭā dvitīyāyā arthāya gaṇam avalokayiṣyāmīti tena sā pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā tena khalu samayena śākyānāṃ pāṇḍavā nāma khaṣāḥ prativiruddhāḥ śākyāḥ sambhūya rājñaḥ siṃhahanoḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ deva pāṇḍavaiḥ khaṣair upadrutāḥ sma sāhāyyaṃ kalpayeti sa kathayati bhavanto vṛddho 'haṃ na śaknomi taiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmayituṃ deva śuddhodanaṃ kumāram anupreṣaya samayato 'nupreṣayāmi yadi kumārasya yathābhipretaṃ varaṃ prārthayato 'nuprayacchata te kathayanti deva evaṃ bhavatu prayacchāmaḥ rājñā caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ dattvā śuddhodanaḥ kumāraḥ preṣitaḥ tena te khaṣāḥ hataprahatavidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ tataḥ śākyāḥ parituṣṭāḥ siṃhahano rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ deva kumāreṇa pāṇḍavāḥ khaṣāḥ hataprahatāḥ vidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ parituṣṭā smaḥ vada kumārasya kaṃ varam anuprayacchāmaḥ bhavantaḥ śākyaiḥ kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ na kenacid dve sadṛśe bhārye upasthāpayitavye iti deva kiṃ mucyatāṃ kriyākāraḥ sa kathayati sutarāṃ baddhavyo na moktavyaḥ kiṃtu kumārasyaikaṃ varam anuprayacchatha dvitīyāṃ sadṛśīṃ bhāryām upasthāpayituṃ deva śobhanam evaṃ kriyatāṃ tataḥ siṃhahanunā suprabuddhasya lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ avalokito mayā gaṇaḥ dvitīyāṃ duhitaram anupreṣayeti tena sāpi pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā śuddhodanena kumāreṇa dve api pariṇīte //
SBhedaV, 1, 202.1 yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ
cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisattvaḥ pañcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti kadācit kṣatriyāḥ idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ yannvahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yo 'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ yannvahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti utkarṣe vartamānāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yannvahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisattvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāḥ striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasampannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti atha bodhisattvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāccyutvā manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jambūdvīpaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ maskarī gośāliputraḥ saṃjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ ṣaḍ ānuśravikāḥ katame tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ puṣkarasārī brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ saṃjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe yathāpi tad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat tena hi mārṣāḥ sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 202.1 yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisattvaḥ pañcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti kadācit kṣatriyāḥ idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ yannvahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yo 'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ yannvahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti utkarṣe vartamānāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yannvahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisattvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāḥ striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasampannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti atha bodhisattvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāccyutvā manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jambūdvīpaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ maskarī gośāliputraḥ saṃjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ ṣaḍ ānuśravikāḥ katame tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ puṣkarasārī brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ saṃjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe yathāpi tad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat tena hi mārṣāḥ sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 202.1 yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisattvaḥ pañcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti kadācit kṣatriyāḥ idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ yannvahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yo 'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ yannvahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti utkarṣe vartamānāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi
manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yannvahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisattvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāḥ striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasampannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti atha bodhisattvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāccyutvā manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jambūdvīpaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ maskarī gośāliputraḥ saṃjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ ṣaḍ ānuśravikāḥ katame tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ puṣkarasārī brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ saṃjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe yathāpi tad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat tena hi mārṣāḥ sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 202.1 yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisattvaḥ pañcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti kadācit kṣatriyāḥ idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ yannvahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yo 'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ yannvahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti utkarṣe vartamānāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi
manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yannvahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisattvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāḥ striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasampannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti atha bodhisattvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāccyutvā manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jambūdvīpaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ maskarī gośāliputraḥ saṃjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ ṣaḍ ānuśravikāḥ katame tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ puṣkarasārī brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ saṃjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe yathāpi tad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat tena hi mārṣāḥ sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 202.1 yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisattvaḥ pañcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti kadācit kṣatriyāḥ idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ yannvahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yo 'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ yannvahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti utkarṣe vartamānāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yannvahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisattvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāḥ striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasampannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti atha bodhisattvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāccyutvā
manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jambūdvīpaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ maskarī gośāliputraḥ saṃjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ ṣaḍ ānuśravikāḥ katame tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ puṣkarasārī brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ saṃjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe yathāpi tad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat tena hi mārṣāḥ sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 202.1 yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisattvaḥ pañcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti kadācit kṣatriyāḥ idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ yannvahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yo 'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ yannvahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti utkarṣe vartamānāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yannvahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisattvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāḥ striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasampannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti atha bodhisattvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāccyutvā manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa
manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jambūdvīpaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ maskarī gośāliputraḥ saṃjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ ṣaḍ ānuśravikāḥ katame tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ puṣkarasārī brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ saṃjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe yathāpi tad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat tena hi mārṣāḥ sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti //
Abhidharmakośabhāṣya
Agnipurāṇa
Amarakośa
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
AHS, Śār., 3, 85.1 prāyo 'ta eva pavanādhyuṣitā
manuṣyā doṣātmakāḥ sphuṭitadhūsarakeśagātrāḥ /
Aṣṭāṅgasaṃgraha
ASaṃ, 1, 23, 2.3 tasmiṃśca deśe
manuṣyāṇāmidamāhārajātamidaṃ vihārajātametāvadbalam evaṃvidhaṃ sattvamevaṃvidhaṃ sātmyamiyaṃ bhaktirime vyādhayo hitamidamahitamidamiti /
Bodhicaryāvatāra
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
Divyāvadāna
Divyāv, 1, 156.0 sa kathayati ke yūyaṃ bhavantaḥ kena vā karmaṇā ihopapannāḥ śroṇa duṣkuhakā jāmbūdvīpakā
manuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 177.0 sa cāha ke yūyaṃ bhavantaḥ kena vā karmaṇā ihopapannāḥ ta ūcuḥ śroṇa duṣkuhakā jāmbudvīpakā
manuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 204.0 sa teṣāṃ sakāśamupasaṃkramya kathayati ke yūyam kena ca karmaṇā ihopapannāḥ te procuḥ śroṇa duṣkuhakā jāmbudvīpakā
manuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 227.0 bhoḥ puruṣa tvamevaṃ kathayasi duṣkuhakā jāmbudvīpakā
manuṣyā iti //
Divyāv, 1, 250.0 sa tamupasaṃkramya pṛcchati ko bhavān kena karmaṇā ihopapannaḥ sa evamāha śroṇa duṣkuhakā jāmbūdvīpakā
manuṣyāḥ nābhiśraddadhāsyasi //
Divyāv, 1, 268.0 bhoḥ puruṣa tvamevaṃ kathayasi duṣkuhakā jāmbudvīpakā
manuṣyā iti //
Divyāv, 1, 292.0 sa āha ke yūyam kena vā karmaṇā ihopapannāḥ tayoktam śroṇa duṣkuhakā jāmbudvīpakā
manuṣyā iti nābhiśraddadhāsyasi //
Divyāv, 1, 321.0 bhagini tvameva kathayasi duṣkuhakā jāmbudvīpakā
manuṣyāḥ nābhiśraddadhāsyanti //
Divyāv, 2, 376.0 caṇḍāḥ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntikā
manuṣyā rabhasāḥ karkaśā ākrośakā roṣakāḥ paribhāṣakāḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 377.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyāḥ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrokṣyanti roṣayiṣyanti paribhāṣiṣyante tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrokṣyanti roṣayiṣyanti paribhāṣiṣyante tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snigdhakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrośanti roṣayanti paribhāṣante //
Divyāv, 2, 377.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrokṣyanti roṣayiṣyanti paribhāṣiṣyante tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyāḥ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrokṣyanti roṣayiṣyanti paribhāṣiṣyante tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snigdhakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrośanti roṣayanti paribhāṣante //
Divyāv, 2, 377.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrokṣyanti roṣayiṣyanti paribhāṣiṣyante tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrokṣyanti roṣayiṣyanti paribhāṣiṣyante tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyāḥ snigdhakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrośanti roṣayanti paribhāṣante //
Divyāv, 2, 377.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrokṣyanti roṣayiṣyanti paribhāṣiṣyante tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrokṣyanti roṣayiṣyanti paribhāṣiṣyante tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snigdhakā bata śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrośanti roṣayanti paribhāṣante //
Divyāv, 2, 379.0 caṇḍāḥ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyāḥ pūrvavat yāvat paribhāṣakāḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 380.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyāḥ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā prahariṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā prahariṣyanti tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā praharanti no tu daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā praharantīti //
Divyāv, 2, 380.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā prahariṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyāḥ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā prahariṣyanti tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā praharanti no tu daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā praharantīti //
Divyāv, 2, 380.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā prahariṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā prahariṣyanti tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā praharanti no tu daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā praharantīti //
Divyāv, 2, 380.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā prahariṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā prahariṣyanti tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā praharanti no tu daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā praharantīti //
Divyāv, 2, 381.0 caṇḍāḥ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyāḥ pūrvavad yāvat paribhāṣakāḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 382.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyā daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā prahariṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyā daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā prahariṣyanti tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā praharanti no tu sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayanti //
Divyāv, 2, 382.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyā daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā prahariṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyā daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā prahariṣyanti tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā praharanti no tu sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayanti //
Divyāv, 2, 382.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyā daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā prahariṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyā daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā prahariṣyanti tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā praharanti no tu sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayanti //
Divyāv, 2, 382.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyā daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā prahariṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyā daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā prahariṣyanti tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā praharanti no tu sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayanti //
Divyāv, 2, 384.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyāḥ sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayiṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayiṣyanti tasya me evaṃ bhaviṣyati santi bhagavataḥ śrāvakā ye anena pūtikāyenārdīyamānā jehrīyante vijugupsamānāḥ śastramapi ādhārayanti viṣamapi bhikṣayanti rajjvā baddhā api mriyante prapātādapi prapatantyapi //
Divyāv, 2, 384.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayiṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyāḥ sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayiṣyanti tasya me evaṃ bhaviṣyati santi bhagavataḥ śrāvakā ye anena pūtikāyenārdīyamānā jehrīyante vijugupsamānāḥ śastramapi ādhārayanti viṣamapi bhikṣayanti rajjvā baddhā api mriyante prapātādapi prapatantyapi //
Divyāv, 2, 385.0 bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyakāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā
manuṣyāḥ ye māmasmāt pūtikalevarādalpakṛcchreṇa parimocayantīti //
Divyāv, 2, 546.0 ucchoṣitā rudhirāśrusamudrāḥ laṅghitā asthiparvatāḥ pihitānyapāyadvārāṇi pratiṣṭhāpitā vayaṃ
devamanuṣyeṣu atikrāntātikrāntāḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 649.0 sā dṛṣṭasatyā trirudānamudānayati pūrvavat yāvat pratiṣṭhāpitā
devamanuṣyeṣu //
Divyāv, 2, 676.0 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'sminneva bhadrakalpe viṃśativarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyāṃ kāśyapo nāma samyaksambuddho loka udapādi vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
Divyāv, 3, 96.0 kutra bhadantāsau yūpo vilayaṃ gamiṣyati bhaviṣyanti bhikṣavo 'nāgate 'dhvani aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo
manuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 97.0 aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣāṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ śaṅkho nāma rājā bhaviṣyati saṃyamanī cakravartī caturantavijetā dhārmiko dharmarājā saptaratnasamanvāgataḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 131.0 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani madhyadeśe vāsavo nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 3, 135.0 uttarāpathe dhanasaṃmato nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 3, 145.0 so 'mātyānāmantrayate bhavantaḥ kasyacidanyasyāpi rājño rājyamevamṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 4, 17.0 te nirmite cittamabhiprasādya tannarakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā
devamanuṣyeṣu pratisaṃdhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti //
Divyāv, 4, 28.0 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunorantardhīyante //
Divyāv, 4, 46.0 kiṃ tarhi devāṃśca
manuṣyāṃśca saṃvācya saṃsṛtya paścime bhave paścime nikete paścime samucchraye paścima ātmabhāvapratilambhe supraṇihito nāma pratyekabuddho bhaviṣyati //
Divyāv, 5, 18.0 kiṃtu devāṃśca
manuṣyāṃśca gatvā saṃsṛtya paścime nikete paścime samucchraye paścime ātmabhāvapratilambhe stavārho nāma pratyekabuddho bhaviṣyati //
Divyāv, 5, 22.0 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 7, 51.0 sa narakān vyavalokayitumārabdho na paśyati tiryak ca pretaṃ ca
manuṣyāṃścāturmahārājikān devāṃstrāyastriṃśān yāvanna paśyati //
Divyāv, 7, 59.0 atha śakrasya devānāmindrasyaitadabhavat ime ca
tāvanmanuṣyāḥ puṇyāpuṇyānām apratyakṣadarśino dānāni dadati puṇyāni kurvanti //
Divyāv, 7, 75.0 ārya mahākāśyapa kiṃ duḥkhitajanasyāntarāyaṃ karomi ime tāvat
manuṣyāḥ puṇyānām apratyakṣadarśino dānāni dadati puṇyāni kurvanti //
Divyāv, 7, 146.0 sā ruṣitā kathayati na tāvacchramaṇabrāhmaṇebhyo dadāmi jñātīnāṃ vā tāvat
preṣyamanuṣyāya dadāmi adya tāvat tiṣṭhatu śvo dviguṇaṃ dāsyāmīti //
Divyāv, 8, 21.0 katame 'ṣṭādaśa nāgnibhayaṃ nodakabhayaṃ na siṃhabhayaṃ na vyāghrabhayaṃ na dvīpitarakṣuparacakrabhayaṃ na caurabhayaṃ na gulmatarapaṇyātiyātrābhayaṃ na
manuṣyāmanuṣyabhayam //
Divyāv, 8, 86.0 uddhṛto narakatiryakpretebhyaḥ pādaḥ pratiṣṭhāpito
devamanuṣyeṣu paryantīkṛtaḥ saṃsāraḥ ucchoṣitā rudhirāśrusamudrāḥ uttīrṇā aśrusāgarāḥ laṅghitā asthiparvatāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 94.0 tato mayā
anekairduṣkaraśatasahasrairdevamanuṣyaduṣprāpyāṃ śakrabrahmādyairapi duradhigamāṃ badaradvīpayātrāṃ varṣaśatena sādhayitvā etadeva caurasahasramārabhya kṛtsno jāmbudvīpaḥ suvarṇarajatavaiḍūryasphaṭikādyai ratnaviśeṣairmanorathepsitaiścopakaraṇaviśeṣaiḥ saṃtarpayitvā daśabhiḥ kuśalaiḥ karmapathaiḥ pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 95.0 tacchṛṇuta bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani asminneva jambudvīpe vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati sma ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca praśāntakalikalahaḍimbaḍamarataskaradurbhikṣarogāpagatam //
Divyāv, 8, 166.0 asti khalu mahāsārthavāha asminneva jambudvīpe badaradvīpo nāma mahāpattano 'manuṣyāvacarito
maheśākhyamanuṣyādhiṣṭhitaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 169.0 iyaṃ hi mahāpratijñā śakrabrahmādīnāmapi dustarā prāgeva
manuṣyabhūtasya //
Divyāv, 8, 177.0 anulomapratilome mahāsamudre
manuṣyānavacarite anulomapratilomā vāyavo vānti //
Divyāv, 8, 183.0 anulomapratilome mahāparvate
'manuṣyāvacarite 'nulomapratilomā nāma vāyavo vānti yaiḥ puruṣastimirīkṛtanetro naṣṭasaṃjñaḥ saṃtiṣṭhate //
Divyāv, 8, 195.0 āvartaṃ mahāsamudramabhiniṣkramya āvarto nāma parvato
'manuṣyāvacaritaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 227.0 vairambhe mahāsamudre vairambhā nāma vāyavo vānti yaistadudakaṃ kṣobhyate yatrāgatir makarakacchapavallakaśiśumārādīnāṃ pretapiśācakumbhāṇḍakaṭapūtanādīnāṃ kaḥ punarvādo
manuṣyāṇām //
Divyāv, 8, 292.0 rohitakāñ janapadān ṛddhāṃśca kṣemāṃśca subhikṣāṃśca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyāṃśca //
Divyāv, 8, 299.0 iyaṃ ca mahāpratijñā śakrabrahmādīnāmapi duṣkarā prāgeva
manuṣyabhūtānām //
Divyāv, 8, 303.0 atha sādhyamānā dṛṣṭāḥ paramaduṣkarakārakāste
manuṣyāḥ yairanekairduṣkaraśatasahasrairbadaradvīpayātrā sādhitā //
Divyāv, 8, 307.0 te 'pi
manuṣyāḥ yairanekairduṣkaraśatasahasrairbadaradvīpayātrā sādhitapūrvā //
Divyāv, 8, 325.0 atha magho mahāsārthavāhaḥ pratilabdhasaṃjñaḥ supriyaṃ mahāsārthavāhamidamavocat kuto bhavāñ jñānavijñānasampanno 'bhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ paṇḍito vyakto medhāvī paṭupracāraḥ sarvaśāstrajñaḥ sarvaśāstraviśāradaḥ sarvakalābhijñaḥ sarvabhūtarutajña iṅgitajñaḥ kiṃ jātyā bhavān kiṃgotraḥ kena vā kāraṇena
amanuṣyāvacaritaṃ deśamabhyāgataḥ evamuktaḥ supriyaḥ sārthavāhaḥ kathayati sādhu sādhu mahāsārthavāha //
Divyāv, 8, 330.0 āścaryamamānuṣaparākramaṃ te paśyāmi yo nāma bhavāñ
jambudvīpādamanuṣyāvacaritaṃ parvatasamudranadyottaraṇaṃ kṛtvā ihāgataḥ yatrāmanuṣyāḥ pralayaṃ gacchanti prāgeva manuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 330.0 āścaryamamānuṣaparākramaṃ te paśyāmi yo nāma bhavāñ jambudvīpādamanuṣyāvacaritaṃ parvatasamudranadyottaraṇaṃ kṛtvā ihāgataḥ yatrāmanuṣyāḥ pralayaṃ gacchanti prāgeva
manuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 331.0 devaṃ tadbhavantaṃ paśyāmi devānyatamaṃ vā
manuṣyaveṣadhāriṇam //
Divyāv, 8, 346.0 yatraikaviṃśatidhātugotrāṇi yaṃ paktvā suvarṇarūpyavaiḍūryānyabhinirvartante yadeke jāmbudvīpakā
manuṣyā ratnānyādāya pratinivartante //
Divyāv, 8, 353.0 atrāpyanekāni dhātugotrāṇi yaṃ paktvā suvarṇarūpyavaidūryasphaṭikānyabhinirvartante yadeke jāmbudvīpakā
manuṣyā ratnānyādāya pratinivartante //
Divyāv, 8, 362.0 atrāpyanekāni dhātugotrāṇi yaṃ paktvā suvarṇarūpyavaidūryasphaṭikānyabhinirvartante yatraike jāmbudvīpakā
manuṣyā ratnānyādāya pratinivartante //
Divyāv, 8, 386.0 bhūyaḥ samprasthito 'drākṣīt supriyo mahāsārthavāhaḥ sphaṭikaparvataṃ ślakṣṇaṃ nirālambamagamyaṃ
manuṣyamātrasya //
Divyāv, 8, 407.0 atha sā pūrvadevatā supriyaṃ mahāsārthavāhaṃ durmanasaṃ viditvā rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaya upasaṃkramya samāśvāsya utkarṣayati sādhu sādhu mahāsārthavāha nistīrṇāni te mahāsamudraparvatanadīkāntārāṇi
manuṣyāmanuṣyāgamyāni //
Divyāv, 8, 407.0 atha sā pūrvadevatā supriyaṃ mahāsārthavāhaṃ durmanasaṃ viditvā rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaya upasaṃkramya samāśvāsya utkarṣayati sādhu sādhu mahāsārthavāha nistīrṇāni te mahāsamudraparvatanadīkāntārāṇi
manuṣyāmanuṣyāgamyāni //
Divyāv, 8, 408.0 samprāpto 'si badaradvīpamahāpattanaṃ
manuṣyāmanuṣyānavacaritaṃ maheśākhyapuruṣādhyuṣitam //
Divyāv, 8, 408.0 samprāpto 'si badaradvīpamahāpattanaṃ
manuṣyāmanuṣyānavacaritaṃ maheśākhyapuruṣādhyuṣitam //
Divyāv, 8, 478.0 tataḥ supriyo mahāsārthavāhaḥ kathayati asya ratnasya ko 'nubhāva iti tāḥ kathayanti yatkhalu mahāsārthavāha jānīyāḥ idaṃ maṇiratnaṃ tadeva poṣadhoṣito dhvajāgre baddhvā āropya kṛtsne jambudvīpe ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ karaṇīyam śṛṇvantu bhavanto jambudvīpanivāsinaḥ
strīmanuṣyāḥ yuṣmākam yo yenārthī upakaraṇaviśeṣeṇa hiraṇyena vā suvarṇena vā ratnena vā annena vā pānena vā vastreṇa vā bhojanena vā alaṃkāraviśeṣeṇa vā dvipadena vā catuṣpadena vā vāhanena vā yānena vā dhanena vā dhānyena vā sa cittamutpādayatu vacanaṃ ca niścārayatu //
Divyāv, 8, 480.0 ayaṃ tu prativiśeṣaḥ yāni cāsya lokasya bhavanti mahābhayāni tadyathā rājato vā caurato vā agnito vā udakato vā
manuṣyato vā amanuṣyato vā siṃhato vā vyāghrato vā dvipatarakṣuto vā yakṣarākṣasapretapiśācakumbhāṇḍapūtanakaṭapūtanato vā ītayopadravo vā upasargo vā anāvṛṣṭirvā durbhikṣabhayāni vā asminnucchrite ratnaviśeṣe ima ītayopadravā na bhaviṣyanti //
Divyāv, 8, 487.0 api tu yena tvaṃ pathenāgataḥ amanuṣyāstāvat pralayaṃ gaccheyuḥ prāgeva
manuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 491.0 sa ca parvato
'manuṣyāvacaritaḥ kṛṣṇamandhakāraṃ savisphuliṅgaṃ vāyuṃ mokṣayati //
Divyāv, 8, 535.0 evaṃ triyojanasahasrasāmantakenopakaraṇaiḥ
strīmanuṣyāḥ saṃtarpitāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 536.0 tato 'nupūrveṇa jambudvīpaiśvaryabhūtena supriyeṇa mahārājñā tadeva poṣadhe pañcadaśyāṃ śiraḥsnātenopoṣadhoṣitena kṛtsne jambudvīpe ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā upakaraṇotpannābhilāṣiṇāṃ
strīmanuṣyāṇāṃ jambudvīpanivāsinām yanmaṇiratnaṃ badaradvīpamahāpattanasarvasvabhūtam yathepsitam sarvopakaraṇavarṣiṇaṃ dhvajāgre āropayāmāsa //
Divyāv, 8, 554.0 anekāni ca
devamanuṣyaśatasahasrāṇi yakṣarākṣasapretapiśācakumbhāṇḍapūtanakaṭapūtanakoṭiśatasahasrāṇi śaraṇagamanaśikṣāpadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāni //
Divyāv, 9, 31.0 yadā bhagavatā śrāvastyāṃ mahāprātihāryaṃ vidarśitam nirbhartsitā ānanditā
devamanuṣyāḥ toṣitāni sajjanahṛdayāni tadā bhagnaprabhāvāstīrthyāḥ pratyantān saṃśritāḥ //
Divyāv, 10, 4.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca praśāntakalikalahaḍimbaḍamarataskararogāpagataṃ śālīkṣugomahiṣīsampannamakhilamakaṇṭakam //
Divyāv, 10, 8.1 tatra cañcu ucyate samudgake tasmin
manuṣyā bījāni prakṣipya anāgate sattvāpekṣayā sthāpayanti mṛtānām anena te bījakāyaṃ kariṣyantīti //
Divyāv, 10, 10.1 śvetāsthi nāma durbhikṣam tasmin kāle
manuṣyā asthīnyupasaṃhṛtya tāvat kvāthayanti yāvat tānyasthīni śvetāni saṃvṛttānīti //
Divyāv, 10, 13.0 śalākāvṛttir nāma tasmin kāle
manuṣyāḥ khalu bilebhyo dhānyaguḍakāni śalākayā ākṛṣya bahūdakasthālyāṃ kvāthayitvā pibanti //
Divyāv, 11, 3.1 tena khalu samayena vaiśālikā licchavaya idamevaṃrūpaṃ kriyākāramakārṣuḥ pañcadaśyāṃ bhavantaḥ pakṣasya aṣṭamyāṃ caturdaśyāṃ ca prāṇino hantavyā
yatkāraṇameyurmanuṣyā māṃsamanveṣanta iti //
Divyāv, 11, 40.1 te nirmite cittamabhiprasādya tannarakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā
devamanuṣyeṣu pratisaṃdhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti //
Divyāv, 11, 82.1 tataḥ kāmāvacareṣu deveṣu divyaṃ sukhamanubhūya paścime bhave paścime nikete samucchraye paścime ātmabhāvapratilambhe
manuṣyatvaṃ pratilabhya rājā bhaviṣyati aśokavarṇo nāma cakravartī caturarṇavāntavijetā dhārmiko dharmarājaḥ saptaratnasamanvāgataḥ //
Divyāv, 11, 91.1 bhūtapūrvamānanda atīte 'dhvani ekanavate kalpe vipaśyī nāma samyaksambuddho loka udapādi vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān //
Divyāv, 12, 9.1 arhati jñānavādī jñānavādinā sārdhamuttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 10.1 yadyekaṃ śramaṇo gautamo 'nuttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ dve //
Divyāv, 12, 14.1 ṣoḍaśa śramaṇo gautamaḥ vayaṃ dvātriṃśaditi yāvacchramaṇo gautama uttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ taddviguṇaṃ tattriguṇaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 16.1 tatrāsmākaṃ bhavatu śramaṇena gautamena sārdhamuttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 20.1 arhati jñānavādī jñānavādinā sārdhamuttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 21.1 yadyekaṃ śramaṇo gautama uttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati ahaṃ dve //
Divyāv, 12, 25.1 ṣoḍaśa śramaṇo gautamaḥ ahaṃ dvātriṃśaditi yāvacchramaṇo gautama uttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ taddviguṇamuttaraṃ manuṣyadharmam ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 25.1 ṣoḍaśa śramaṇo gautamaḥ ahaṃ dvātriṃśaditi yāvacchramaṇo gautama uttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ taddviguṇamuttaraṃ
manuṣyadharmam ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 27.1 tatrāsmākaṃ bhavatu śramaṇena gautamena sārdhamuttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 31.1 arhati jñānavādī jñānavādinā sārdhamuttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 32.1 yadyekaṃ śramaṇo gautama uttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati ahaṃ dve //
Divyāv, 12, 36.1 ṣoḍaśa śramaṇo gautamaḥ ahaṃ dvātriṃśaditi yāvacchramaṇo gautama uttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati ahaṃ taddviguṇamuttaraṃ manuṣyadharmaprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmi //
Divyāv, 12, 36.1 ṣoḍaśa śramaṇo gautamaḥ ahaṃ dvātriṃśaditi yāvacchramaṇo gautama uttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati ahaṃ taddviguṇamuttaraṃ
manuṣyadharmaprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmi //
Divyāv, 12, 38.1 tatra me bhavatu śramaṇena gautamena sārdhamuttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 44.1 arhati jñānavādī jñānavādinā sārdhamuttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 45.1 yadyekaṃ śramaṇo gautama uttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ dve //
Divyāv, 12, 49.1 ṣoḍaśa śramaṇo gautamaḥ vayaṃ dvātriṃśaditi yāvacchramaṇo gautama uttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ taddviguṇaṃ tattriguṇam ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 51.1 tatrāsmākaṃ bhavatu śramaṇena gautamena sārdhamuttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 54.1 arhati jñānavādī jñānavādinā sārdhamuttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 55.1 yāvat tatrāsmākaṃ bhavatu śramaṇena gautamena sārdhamuttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 59.1 yadā śramaṇo gautamaḥ śrāvastīṃ gamiṣyati tatra vayaṃ gatvā śramaṇaṃ gautamamuttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihārye āhvayiṣyāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 87.1 arhati jñānavādī jñānavādinā sārdhamuttare
manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 88.1 yadyekaṃ śramaṇo gautama uttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ dve //
Divyāv, 12, 92.1 ṣoḍaśa śramaṇo gautamaḥ vayaṃ dvātriṃśaditi yāvacchramaṇo gautama uttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ taddviguṇaṃ tattriguṇamuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 92.1 ṣoḍaśa śramaṇo gautamaḥ vayaṃ dvātriṃśaditi yāvacchramaṇo gautama uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ taddviguṇaṃ tattriguṇamuttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 94.1 tatrāsmākaṃ bhavatu śramaṇena gautamena sārdhamuttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 104.1 ekānte niṣaṇṇo rājā prasenajit kauśalo bhagavantamidamavocat ime bhadanta tīrthyā bhagavantamuttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryeṇāhvayante //
Divyāv, 12, 105.1 vidarśayatu bhagavānuttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 109.1 evamukte bhagavān rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kauśalamidamavocat nāhaṃ mahārāja evaṃ śrāvakāṇāṃ dharmaṃ deśayāmi evam yūyaṃ bhikṣava āgatāgatānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnāmuttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayateti //
Divyāv, 12, 111.1 dvirapi trirapi rājā prasenajit kauśalo bhagavantamidamavocat vidarśayatu bhagavānuttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 118.1 itaḥ saptame divase tathāgato mahājanapratyakṣamuttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 125.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalastīrthyānidamavocat yatkhalu bhavanto jānīran itaḥ saptame divase bhagavānuttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati //
Divyāv, 12, 131.1 sa kathayati itaḥ saptame divase uttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmīti //
Divyāv, 12, 137.1 sa kathayati itaḥ saptame divase uttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmīti //
Divyāv, 12, 145.1 sa kathayati itaḥ saptame divase uttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmīti //
Divyāv, 12, 154.1 sa kathayati itaḥ saptame divase uttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmīti //
Divyāv, 12, 167.1 yasya tāvadvayaṃ śiṣyapratiśiṣyakayāpi na tulyāḥ sa yuṣmābhiruttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryeṇāhūtaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 236.1 dṛṣṭvā ca punastīrthyānidamavocat vidarśitaṃ bhagavatottare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 243.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalastīrthyānidamavocat vidarśitaṃ bhagavatottare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 248.1 dṛṣṭvā ca punastīrthyānāmantrayate vidarśitaṃ bhagavatottare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 254.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalastīrthyānidamavocat vidarśitaṃ bhagavatottare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 292.1 ahaṃ tīrthyaiḥ sārdhamuttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmi //
Divyāv, 12, 298.1 sthānametadvidyate yattīrthyā evaṃ vadeyuḥ nāsti śramaṇasya gautamasyottare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 304.1 ahaṃ tīrthyaiḥ sārdhamuttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmi //
Divyāv, 12, 310.1 ahameṣāmuttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmi hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 316.1 tatra bhagavān rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kauśalamāmantrayate ko mahārāja tathāgatamadhyeṣate uttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām atha rājā prasenajit kauśala utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantametadavocat ahaṃ bhadanta bhagavantamadhyeṣe uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 316.1 tatra bhagavān rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kauśalamāmantrayate ko mahārāja tathāgatamadhyeṣate uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām atha rājā prasenajit kauśala utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantametadavocat ahaṃ bhadanta bhagavantamadhyeṣe uttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 317.1 bhagavānuttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam vidarśayatu hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 328.1 tatra bhagavān dvirapi rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kauśalamāmantrayate ko mahārāja tathāgatamadhyeṣate 'sādhāraṇāyām ṛddhyāmuttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām atha rājā prasenajit kauśala utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantamidamavocat ahaṃ bhadanta bhagavantamadhyeṣe 'sādhāraṇāyām ṛddhyāmuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 328.1 tatra bhagavān dvirapi rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kauśalamāmantrayate ko mahārāja tathāgatamadhyeṣate 'sādhāraṇāyām ṛddhyāmuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām atha rājā prasenajit kauśala utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantamidamavocat ahaṃ bhadanta bhagavantamadhyeṣe 'sādhāraṇāyām ṛddhyāmuttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 354.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalastīrthyānidamavocat vidarśitaṃ bhagavatā uttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 357.1 dvirapi prasenajit kauśalastīrthyānidamavocat vidarśitaṃ bhagavatā uttare
manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 15, 4.0 tena khalu samayena buddho bhagavān pratisaṃlīno 'bhūt athānyatamo bhikṣuḥ sāyāhnasamaye keśanakhastūpe sarvāṅgaiḥ praṇipatya tathāgatamākārataḥ samanusmaraṃścittamabhiprasādayati ityapi sa bhagavāṃstathāgato 'rhan samyaksambuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavāniti //
Divyāv, 16, 33.0 tatastāvat ṣaṭsu kāmāvacareṣu deveṣu sattvā vyapasaṃsṛtya paścime bhave paścime nikete paścime ātmabhāvapratilambhe
manuṣyapratilābhaṃ labdhvā pratyekāṃ bodhimabhisaṃbhotsyete dharmaśca sudharmaśca pratyekabuddhau bhaviṣyataḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 28.1 vaistārikaṃ ca te brahmacaryaṃ cariṣyanti bāhujanyaṃ pṛthubhūtam
yāvaddevamanuṣyebhyaḥ samyaksaṃprakāśitam //
Divyāv, 17, 30.1 vaistārikaṃ ca te brahmacaryaṃ bāhujanyaṃ pṛthubhūtam
yāvaddevamanuṣyebhyaḥ samyaksaṃprakāśitam //
Divyāv, 17, 109.1 etarhi vā me 'tyayādye te dharmā dṛṣṭadharmahitāya saṃvartante dṛṣṭadharmasukhāya saṃparāyahitāya saṃparāyasukhāya te bhikṣubhirudgṛhya paryavāpya tathā tathā dhārayitavyā vācayitavyā grāhayitavyā yathaiva tatra brahmacaryaṃ cirasthitikaṃ syādbahujanyaṃ pṛthubhūtam
yāvaddevamanuṣyebhyaḥ samyaksaṃprakāśitam //
Divyāv, 17, 110.1 etarhi bhikṣavo dharmā dṛṣṭadharmahitāya saṃvartante dṛṣṭadharmasukhāya saṃparāyahitāya saṃparāyasukhāya ye bhikṣubhirudgṛhya paryavāpya tathā tathā dhārayitavyā grāhayitavyā vācayitavyā yathaitadbrahmacaryaṃ cirasthitikaṃ syādbahujanyaṃ pṛthubhūtam
yāvaddevamanuṣyebhyaḥ samyaksaṃprakāśitam //
Divyāv, 17, 112.1 ime te bhikṣavo dharmā dṛṣṭadharmahitāya saṃvartante dṛṣṭadharmasukhāya saṃparāyahitāya saṃparāyasukhāya bhikṣubhirudgṛhya paryavāpya tathā tathā dhārayitavyā grāhayitavyā vācayitavyā yathaitadbrahmacaryaṃ cirasthitikaṃ syādbahujanyaṃ pṛthubhūtam
yāvaddevamanuṣyebhyaḥ samyaksaṃprakāśitam //
Divyāv, 17, 186.1 sa kathayati mama
manuṣyāḥ paṭṭaṃ bandhiṣyanti yadi dharmeṇa rājyaṃ prāpsyate amanuṣyāḥ paṭṭaṃ bandhantu //
Divyāv, 17, 213.1 yato rājñā abhihitaṃ kimete
manuṣyāḥ kurvanti tatastairamātyai rājā abhihita ete deva manuṣyāḥ sasyādīni kṛṣanti tata oṣadhayo bhaviṣyanti //
Divyāv, 17, 213.1 yato rājñā abhihitaṃ kimete manuṣyāḥ kurvanti tatastairamātyai rājā abhihita ete deva
manuṣyāḥ sasyādīni kṛṣanti tata oṣadhayo bhaviṣyanti //
Divyāv, 17, 214.1 yataśca sa rājā kathayati mama rājye
manuṣyāḥ kṛṣiṣyanti tatastenoktam saptāviṃśatibījajātīnāṃ devo varṣatu //
Divyāv, 17, 217.1 yataste
manuṣyāḥ karpāsavāṭānārabdhā māpayitum bhūyo 'pi ca rājñā mūrdhātena janapadānanusaṃsārya tena pṛṣṭāḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 218.1 tato rājñā abhihitam kimete
manuṣyāḥ kurvanti tairamātyairabhihitam deva manuṣyāḥ karpāsavāṭān māpayanti //
Divyāv, 17, 218.1 tato rājñā abhihitam kimete manuṣyāḥ kurvanti tairamātyairabhihitam deva
manuṣyāḥ karpāsavāṭān māpayanti //
Divyāv, 17, 220.1 tato rājñā tenoktam mama rājye
manuṣyāḥ karpāsavāṭān māpayiṣyantīti karpāsameva devo varṣatu //
Divyāv, 17, 225.1 sa rājā kathayati kimete
manuṣyāḥ kurvanti tairamātyairabhihitaṃ deva sūtreṇa prayojanam //
Divyāv, 17, 226.1 tato rājñā abhihitam mama rājye
manuṣyāḥ kartiṣyanti sūtrameva devo varṣatu //
Divyāv, 17, 230.1 sa rājā kathayati kimete
manuṣyāḥ kurvanti tairamātyairabhihitam deva vastrāṇi vāpayanti vastraiḥ prayojanam //
Divyāv, 17, 231.1 yato rājā saṃlakṣayati mama rājye
manuṣyā vastrāṇi vāpayiṣyante vastrāṇyeva devo varṣatu //
Divyāv, 17, 234.1 yataḥ sa rājā saṃlakṣayati
manuṣyā mama puṇyānāṃ prabhāvaṃ na jānanti //
Divyāv, 17, 236.1 asti me jambudvīpa ṛddhaśca sphītaśca kṣemaśca subhikṣaśca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaśca //
Divyāv, 17, 247.1 sa rājñā mūrdhātenokto 'sti kiṃcidanyadvīpe nājñāpitam yadvayamājñāpayema yataḥ paścāddivaukasenābhihito 'sti deva pūrvavideho nāma dvīpaḥ ṛddhaśca sphītaśca kṣemaśca subhikṣaśca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 249.1 atha rājño mūrdhātasyaitadabhavat asti me jambudvīpa ṛddhaśca sphītaśca kṣemaśca subhikṣaśca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaśca //
Divyāv, 17, 260.1 bhūyaḥ sa rājā divaukasam yakṣamāmantrayati asti divaukasa kiṃcidanyadvīpo nājñāpitam divaukasa āha asti deva aparagodānīyaṃ nāma dvīpam ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 17, 262.1 atha rājño mūrdhātasyaitadabhavat asti me jambudvīpa ṛddhaśca sphītaśca kṣemaśca subhikṣaśca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaśca //
Divyāv, 17, 266.1 śrūyate aparagodānīyaṃ nāma dvīpam ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 17, 276.1 atha rājño māndhātasyaitadabhavat asti me jambudvīpam ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 17, 286.1 ete devottarakauravāṇāṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ kalpadūṣyavṛkṣāḥ yata uttarakauravā manuṣyāḥ kalpadūṣyāṇi prāvṛṇvanti //
Divyāv, 17, 286.1 ete devottarakauravāṇāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ kalpadūṣyavṛkṣāḥ yata uttarakauravā
manuṣyāḥ kalpadūṣyāṇi prāvṛṇvanti //
Divyāv, 17, 289.1 ete grāmaṇya uttarakauravāṇāṃ mānuṣyāṇāṃ kalpadūṣyavṛkṣā yata uttarakauravā
manuṣyāḥ kalpadūṣyāṇi prāvaranti //
Divyāv, 17, 291.1 adrākṣīdrājā māndhātā sumerupārśvenānuyāyañ śvetaśvetaṃ pṛthivīpradeśaṃ dṛṣṭvā ca punar divaukasaṃ yakṣaṃ āmantrayate kimetaddivaukasa śvetaśvetaṃ pṛthivīpradeśam etaddeva uttarakauravakāṇāṃ
manuṣyāṇām akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśālim yata uttarakauravakā manuṣyā akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśāliṃ paribhuñjanti //
Divyāv, 17, 291.1 adrākṣīdrājā māndhātā sumerupārśvenānuyāyañ śvetaśvetaṃ pṛthivīpradeśaṃ dṛṣṭvā ca punar divaukasaṃ yakṣaṃ āmantrayate kimetaddivaukasa śvetaśvetaṃ pṛthivīpradeśam etaddeva uttarakauravakāṇāṃ manuṣyāṇām akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśālim yata uttarakauravakā
manuṣyā akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśāliṃ paribhuñjanti //
Divyāv, 17, 300.1 atha rājño mūrdhātasyaitadabhavat asti me jambudvīpam ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 17, 354.1 mālādhārairdevaiste pṛṣṭāḥ kiṃ bhavanto dhāvatas te kathayanti eṣa
manuṣyarājā āgacchati //
Divyāv, 17, 361.1 sadāmattairdevaiḥ pṛṣṭāḥ kiṃ bhavanto dhāvatas tair nāgaiḥ karoṭapāṇyādibhiśca devairabhihitā eṣa
manuṣyarājā āgacchati //
Divyāv, 17, 368.1 tairuktaṃ kimetadbhavanto dhāvato yato nāgādibhirdevairagrato 'nuyāyibhirabhihitā eṣa
manuṣyarājā āgacchati //
Divyāv, 17, 372.1 tatastaiścaturbhirmahārājais trāyastriṃśānāmārocitam eṣa bhavanto
manuṣyarājā mūrdhāta āgacchati //
Divyāv, 17, 384.1 dṛṣṭvā ca punardivaukasam yakṣamāmantrayate kimetaddivaukasa śvetaśvetamabhrakūṭamivonnatam eṣā deva devānāṃ trāyastriṃśānāṃ sudharmā nāma devasabhā yatra devāstrāyastriṃśāścatvāraśca mahārājānaḥ saṃniṣaṇṇāḥ saṃnipatitā devānāṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ cārthaṃ ca dharmaṃ ca cintayanti tulayanti upaparīkṣyanti //
Divyāv, 17, 387.1 eṣā trāyastriṃśānāṃ sudharmā nāma devasabhā yatra devāstrāyastriṃśāścatvāraśca mahārājānaḥ saṃniṣaṇṇāḥ saṃnipatitā devānāṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ cārthaṃ ca dharmaṃ ca cintayanti tulayanti upaparīkṣyanti //
Divyāv, 17, 448.1 paścāt te 'surāḥ kathayanti ka eṣo 'smākamuparivihāyasamabhyudgato yatastaiḥ śrutaṃ
manuṣyarājā eṣa mūrdhāto nāma //
Divyāv, 17, 454.1 aho batāhaṃ śakraṃ devānāmindramasmāt sthānāccyāvayitvā svayameva devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kārayeyam //
Divyāv, 17, 468.1 śakrasya bhikṣavo devānāmindrasyāyuṣaḥ pramāṇam
yanmanuṣyāṇāṃ varṣamekaṃ devānāṃ trāyastriṃśānāmekarātriṃdivasam //
Divyāv, 17, 472.1 yasmin khalvānanda samaye rājño mūrdhātasyaivaṃvidhaṃ cittamutpannam yannvahaṃ śakraṃ devānāmindramasmāt sthānāccyāvayitvā svayameva devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kārayeyaṃ kāśyapaḥ samyaksambuddhastena kālena tena samayena śakro devānāmindro babhūva //
Divyāv, 17, 482.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani sarvābhibhūr nāma tathāgato 'rhaṃl loka utpanno vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān //
Divyāv, 17, 511.1 sacedbhikṣavaḥ sa mudgaḥ pātre patito 'bhaviṣyanna bhūmau sthānametadvidyate yaddeveṣu ca
manuṣyeṣu ca rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kāritamabhaviṣyat //
Divyāv, 18, 7.1 yato karṇadhāra udghoṣayituṃ pravṛttaḥ śṛṇvantu bhavanto jambudvīpakā
manuṣyāḥ santyasmin mahāsamudre evaṃvidhāni ratnāni tadyathā maṇayo muktā vaiḍūryaśaṅkhaśilā pravālo rajataṃ jātarūpamaśmagarbho musāragalvo lohitikā dakṣiṇāvartāḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 10.1 yatastadvahanam
atiprabhūtairmanuṣyairatibhāreṇa ca ākrāntatvāt tatraivāvasīdati //
Divyāv, 18, 14.1 tataḥ sa udghoṣayituṃ pravṛttaḥ śṛṇvantu bhavanto jambudvīpakā
manuṣyāḥ santyasmin mahāsamudre imāni evaṃrūpāṇi mahānti mahābhayāni tadyathā timibhayaṃ timiṃgilabhayamūrmibhayaṃ kūrmabhayaṃ sthale utsīdanabhayaṃ jale saṃsīdanabhayamantarjalagatānāṃ parvatānāmāghaṭṭanabhayaṃ kālikāvātabhayam //
Divyāv, 18, 223.1 kiṃ bhagavan
manuṣyo 'thavāmanuṣyo bhagavatābhihitaṃ gṛhapate bhikṣuḥ sa dharmarucir nāmnā //
Divyāv, 18, 223.1 kiṃ bhagavan manuṣyo
'thavāmanuṣyo bhagavatābhihitaṃ gṛhapate bhikṣuḥ sa dharmarucir nāmnā //
Divyāv, 18, 274.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani prathame 'saṃkhyeye kṣemaṃkaro nāma tathāgato loka utpanno vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
Divyāv, 18, 358.1 dvitīye dīpaṃkaro nāma samyaksambuddho loka utpanno vidyācaraṇasamyaksambuddhaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
Divyāv, 18, 360.1 dīpāvatyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ dīpo nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 18, 501.1 tasmādapyarvāk tṛtīye 'saṃkhyeye krakucchando nāma samyaksambuddho loka utpanno vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān //
Divyāv, 18, 518.1 kleśairatīva bādhye priyatāṃ mamotpādya
manuṣyānveṣaṇaṃ kuru yo 'bhyantara eva syānna ca śaṅkanīyo janasya //
Divyāv, 18, 519.1 vṛddhā kathayati neha gṛhe tathāvidho
manuṣyaḥ saṃvidyate nāpi praṇayavān kaścit praviśati yo janasyāśaṅkanīyo bhavet //
Divyāv, 18, 520.1 katamaḥ sa
manuṣyo bhaviṣyati yasyāhaṃ vakṣyāmi tataḥ sā vaṇikpatnī tasyā vṛddhāyāḥ kathayati yadyanyo manuṣya evaṃvidhopakramayukto nāsty eṣa eva me putro bhavati naiṣa lokasya śaṅkanīyo bhaviṣyati //
Divyāv, 18, 520.1 katamaḥ sa manuṣyo bhaviṣyati yasyāhaṃ vakṣyāmi tataḥ sā vaṇikpatnī tasyā vṛddhāyāḥ kathayati yadyanyo
manuṣya evaṃvidhopakramayukto nāsty eṣa eva me putro bhavati naiṣa lokasya śaṅkanīyo bhaviṣyati //
Divyāv, 18, 521.1 tasyāstayā vṛddhayā abhihitaṃ kathaṃ nu putreṇa sārdhaṃ ratikrīḍāṃ gamiṣyasi yuktaṃ syādanyena
manuṣyeṇa sārdhaṃ ratikrīḍāmanubhavitum //
Divyāv, 18, 522.1 tataḥ sā vaṇikpatnī kathayati yadyanyo 'bhyantaro
manuṣyo na saṃvidyate bhavatu eṣa eva me putraḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 580.1 tataḥ sa dārakastena
lekhavāhikamanuṣyeṇa sārdhaṃ tān maṇḍilakān gṛhya gataḥ pitṛsakāśam //
Divyāv, 19, 30.1 gehapate asti kaścit tvayā dṛṣṭo
manuṣyabhūto divyamānuṣīṃ śriyaṃ pratyanubhavan yatkathayati mama śāsane pravrajiṣyatīti idaṃ satyam //
Divyāv, 19, 70.1 te nirmite cittamabhiprasādya tannarakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā
devamanuṣyeṣu pratisaṃdhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti //
Divyāv, 19, 453.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣava ekanavatikalpe vipaśyī nāma śāstā loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksambuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān //
Divyāv, 19, 455.1 tena khalu samayena bandhumatyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ bandhumān nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca praśāntakalikalahaḍimbaḍamaraṃ taskararogāpagataṃ śālīkṣugomahiṣīsampannam //
Divyāv, 20, 6.1 bhagavataścāyamevaṃrūpo digvidikṣu udārakalyāṇakīrtiśabdaśloko 'bhyudgata ityapi sa bhagavāṃstathāgato 'rhan samyaksambuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān //
Divyāv, 20, 18.1 ṛddhā ca sphītā ca kṣemā ca subhikṣā ca
ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyā ca ramaṇīyā ca //
Divyāv, 20, 20.1 aṣṭādaśa kulakoṭī ṛddhāni sphītāni kṣemāṇi
subhikṣāṇyākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyāṇi //
Divyāv, 20, 21.1 saptapañcāśadgrāmakoṭya ṛddhāḥ sphītāḥ kṣemāḥ subhikṣā ramaṇīyā
mahājanākīrṇamanuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 20, 22.1 ṣaṣṭiḥ karvaṭasahasrāṇyabhūvann ṛddhāni sphītāni kṣemāṇi
subhikṣāṇyākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyāṇi //
Divyāv, 20, 29.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇo gaṇakamahāmātrāmātyadauvārikapāriṣadyān āmantrayate adyāgreṇa vo grāmaṇyaḥ sarvavaṇijo 'śulkān muñcāmi sarvajāmbudvīpakān
manuṣyān akārānaśulkān muñcāmi //
Divyāv, 20, 33.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇa idamevaṃrūpaṃ nirghoṣaṃ śrutvā aśrūṇi pravartayati aho bata me jāmbudvīpakā
manuṣyāḥ aho bata me jambudvīpa ṛddhaḥ sphītaḥ kṣemaḥ subhikṣo ramaṇīyo bahujanākīrṇamanuṣyo nacirādeva śūnyo bhaviṣyati rahitamanuṣyaḥ //
Divyāv, 20, 33.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇa idamevaṃrūpaṃ nirghoṣaṃ śrutvā aśrūṇi pravartayati aho bata me jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyāḥ aho bata me jambudvīpa ṛddhaḥ sphītaḥ kṣemaḥ subhikṣo ramaṇīyo
bahujanākīrṇamanuṣyo nacirādeva śūnyo bhaviṣyati rahitamanuṣyaḥ //
Divyāv, 20, 33.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇa idamevaṃrūpaṃ nirghoṣaṃ śrutvā aśrūṇi pravartayati aho bata me jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyāḥ aho bata me jambudvīpa ṛddhaḥ sphītaḥ kṣemaḥ subhikṣo ramaṇīyo bahujanākīrṇamanuṣyo nacirādeva śūnyo bhaviṣyati
rahitamanuṣyaḥ //
Divyāv, 20, 37.1 ekaṃ koṣṭhāgāraṃ kārayitvā sarvajāmbudvīpakānāṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ samaṃ bhaktaṃ pratyarpayeyamiti //
Divyāv, 20, 42.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇaḥ saṃkhyāgaṇakalipikapauruṣeyānāmantrayitvā etadavocad gacchata yūyaṃ grāmaṇyaḥ sarvajāmbudvīpakān
manuṣyān gaṇayata gaṇayitvā grāmaṇyaḥ sarvajāmbudvīpakānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ samaṃ bhaktaṃ prayacchata //
Divyāv, 20, 42.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇaḥ saṃkhyāgaṇakalipikapauruṣeyānāmantrayitvā etadavocad gacchata yūyaṃ grāmaṇyaḥ sarvajāmbudvīpakān manuṣyān gaṇayata gaṇayitvā grāmaṇyaḥ sarvajāmbudvīpakānāṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ samaṃ bhaktaṃ prayacchata //
Divyāv, 20, 43.1 paraṃ deveti saṃkhyāgaṇakalipikapauruṣeyā rājñaḥ kanakavarṇasya pratiśrutya sarvajāmbudvīpakān
manuṣyān gaṇayanti saṃgaṇya rājānaṃ kanakavarṇamādau kṛtvā sarvajāmbudvīpakānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ samaṃ bhaktaṃ prajñapayanti //
Divyāv, 20, 43.1 paraṃ deveti saṃkhyāgaṇakalipikapauruṣeyā rājñaḥ kanakavarṇasya pratiśrutya sarvajāmbudvīpakān manuṣyān gaṇayanti saṃgaṇya rājānaṃ kanakavarṇamādau kṛtvā sarvajāmbudvīpakānāṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ samaṃ bhaktaṃ prajñapayanti //
Divyāv, 20, 85.1 anena kuśalamūlena sarvajāmbudvīpakānāṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ dāridryasamucchedaḥ syāt //
Harivaṃśa
HV, 27, 13.2 babhruḥ śreṣṭho
manuṣyāṇāṃ devair devāvṛdhaḥ samaḥ //
Kirātārjunīya
Kir, 3, 40.1 yaśo 'dhigantuṃ sukhalipsayā vā
manuṣyasaṃkhyām ativartituṃ vā /
Kir, 14, 41.2 manuṣyabhāve puruṣaṃ purātanaṃ sthitaṃ jalādarśa ivāṃśumālinam //
Kāmasūtra
Kātyāyanasmṛti
Kūrmapurāṇa
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
LAS, 1, 1.7 tanme syāddīrgharātramarthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca /
LAS, 1, 44.47 atha khalu laṅkādhipatirbhagavatā kṛtāvakāśa utthāya tasmād raśmivimalaprabhād ratnapadmasadṛśād ratnaśikharāt sāpsarogaṇaparivṛto vividhairanekavidhairnānāprakāraiḥ puṣpamālyagandhadhūpavilepanachattradhvajapatākāhārārdhahārakirīṭamukuṭair anyaiśca adṛṣṭaśrutapūrvairābharaṇaviśeṣair viśiṣṭais tūryatālāvacarair
devanāgayakṣarākṣasagandharvakiṃnaramahoragamanuṣyātikrāntaiḥ sarvakāmadhātuparyāpannān vādyabhāṇḍānabhinirmāya ye cānyeṣu buddhakṣetreṣu tūryaviśeṣā dṛṣṭāḥ tānabhinirmāya bhagavantaṃ bodhisattvāṃśca ratnajālenāvaṣṭabhya nānāvastrocchritapatākaṃ kṛtvā sapta tālān gagane'bhyudgamya mahāpūjāmeghānabhipravṛṣya tūryatālāvacarāṇi nirnādya tasmādgaganādavatīrya sūryavidyutprabhe dvitīye mahāratnapadmālaṃkṛtau ratnaśikhare niṣasāda /
LAS, 2, 152.4 bahujanahitāya tvaṃ mahāmate pratipanno bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca /
Liṅgapurāṇa
Matsyapurāṇa
MPur, 17, 10.1 pānīyamapyatra tilairvimiśraṃ dadyātpitṛbhyaḥ prayato
manuṣyaḥ /
MPur, 36, 9.1 aruntudaṃ puruṣaṃ tīvravācaṃ vākkaṇṭakair vitudantaṃ
manuṣyān /
MPur, 39, 2.3 tathā svarge kṣīṇapuṇyaṃ
manuṣyaṃ tyajanti sadyaḥ khecarā devasaṃghāḥ //
MPur, 39, 15.1 sa jāyamāno'tha gṛhītamātraḥ saṃjñāmadhiṣṭhāya tato
manuṣyaḥ /
MPur, 92, 34.1 paśyedapīmānadhano'tibhaktyā
spṛśenmanuṣyairapi dīyamānān /
MPur, 92, 35.1 duḥsvapnaṃ praśamamupaiti paṭhyamānaiḥ
śailendrairbhavabhayabhedanairmanuṣyaiḥ /
MPur, 116, 24.1 yā hi sutāniva pāti
manuṣyānyā ca yutā satataṃ himasaṃghaiḥ /
MPur, 126, 39.2 annena jīvantyaniśaṃ
manuṣyāḥ sūryaḥ śritaṃ taddhi bibharti gobhiḥ //
Nāradasmṛti
Nāṭyaśāstra
NāṭŚ, 6, 64.1 atha raudro nāma krodhasthāyibhāvātmako
rakṣodānavoddhatamanuṣyaprakṛtiḥ saṃgrāmahetukaḥ /
Pañcārthabhāṣya
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 2, 5, 26.0 tathā vyāpakāni bhūmyudakarasalakṣaṇāni kāraṇāni vyāpyaṃ
devamanuṣyatiryagyoni tṛṇauṣadhivṛkṣagulmalatāvanaspatyādikāryam anekavidham ato nāparicchedadoṣaḥ //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 2, 26, 6.0 devamanuṣyādīnāṃ sthānaśarīrendriyaviṣayādiṣu yā ratiḥ rañjanādhivāsanā tatsarvam antaradṛṣṭyā sarvamīśvarakṛtameva draṣṭavyamityetad bhagavatyabhyadhikatvaṃ śeṣeṣu ca puruṣeṣu nyūnatvaṃ jñātvā yuktaṃ vaktuṃ sarvabhūtadamanāya namaḥ //
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Su, Sū., 1, 30.2 tatra
paśumanuṣyavyālādayo jarāyujāḥ khagasarpasarīsṛpaprabhṛtayo 'ṇḍajāḥ kṛmikīṭapipīlikāprabhṛtayaḥ svedajāḥ indragopamaṇḍūkaprabhṛtaya udbhijjāḥ //
Su, Sū., 6, 3.1 kālo hi nāma bhagavān svayambhur anādimadhyanidhano 'tra rasavyāpatsampattī jīvitamaraṇe ca
manuṣyāṇām āyatte /
Su, Sū., 32, 4.1 svebhyaḥ sthānebhyaḥ śarīraikadeśānām avasrastotkṣiptabhrāntāvakṣiptapatitavimuktanirgatāntargatagurulaghutvāni pravālavarṇavyaṅgaprādurbhāvo vāpyakasmāt sirāṇāṃ ca darśanaṃ lalāṭe nāsāvaṃśe vā piḍakotpattiḥ lalāṭe prabhātakāle svedaḥ netrarogādvinā vāśrupravṛttiḥ gomayacūrṇaprakāśasya vā rajaso darśanamuttamāṅge nilayanaṃ vā kapotakaṅkakākaprabhṛtīnāṃ mūtrapurīṣavṛddhir abhuñjānānāṃ tatpraṇāśo bhuñjānānāṃ vā stanamūlahṛdayoraḥsu ca śūlotpattayaḥ madhye śūnatvamanteṣu parimlāyitvaṃ viparyayo vā tathārdhāṅge śvayathuḥ śoṣo 'ṅgapakṣayor vā naṣṭahīnavikalavikṛtasvaratā vā vivarṇapuṣpaprādurbhāvo vā dantamukhanakhaśarīreṣu yasya vāpsu kaphapurīṣaretāṃsi nimajjanti yasya vā dṛṣṭimaṇḍale bhinnavikṛtāni rūpāṇyālokyante snehābhyaktakeśāṅga iva yo bhāti yaś ca durbalo bhaktadveṣātisārābhyāṃ pīḍyate kāsamānaś ca tṛṣṇābhibhūtaḥ kṣīṇaś chardibhaktadveṣayuktaḥ saphenapūyarudhirodvāmī hatasvaraḥ śūlābhipannaś ca
manuṣyaḥ śūnakaracaraṇavadanaḥ kṣīṇo 'nnadveṣī srastapiṇḍikāṃsapāṇipādo jvarakāsābhibhūtaḥ yastu pūrvāhṇe bhuktam aparāhṇe chardayatyavidagdhamatisāryate vā jvarakāsābhibhūtaḥ sa śvāsānmriyate bastavadvilapan yaś ca bhūmau patati srastamuṣkaḥ stabdhameḍhro bhagnagrīvaḥ pranaṣṭamehanaś ca manuṣyaḥ prāgviśuṣyamāṇahṛdaya ārdraśarīraḥ yaś ca loṣṭaṃ loṣṭenābhihanti kāṣṭhaṃ kāṣṭhena tṛṇāni vā chinatti adharoṣṭhaṃ daśati uttaroṣṭhaṃ vā leḍhi āluñcati vā karṇau keśāṃś ca devadvijagurusuhṛdvaidyāṃś ca dveṣṭi yasya vakrānuvakragā grahā garhitasthānagatāḥ pīḍayanti janmarkṣaṃ vā yasyolkāśanibhyāmabhihanyate horā vā gṛhadāraśayanāsanayānavāhanamaṇiratnopakaraṇagarhitalakṣaṇanimittaprādurbhāvo veti //
Su, Sū., 32, 4.1 svebhyaḥ sthānebhyaḥ śarīraikadeśānām avasrastotkṣiptabhrāntāvakṣiptapatitavimuktanirgatāntargatagurulaghutvāni pravālavarṇavyaṅgaprādurbhāvo vāpyakasmāt sirāṇāṃ ca darśanaṃ lalāṭe nāsāvaṃśe vā piḍakotpattiḥ lalāṭe prabhātakāle svedaḥ netrarogādvinā vāśrupravṛttiḥ gomayacūrṇaprakāśasya vā rajaso darśanamuttamāṅge nilayanaṃ vā kapotakaṅkakākaprabhṛtīnāṃ mūtrapurīṣavṛddhir abhuñjānānāṃ tatpraṇāśo bhuñjānānāṃ vā stanamūlahṛdayoraḥsu ca śūlotpattayaḥ madhye śūnatvamanteṣu parimlāyitvaṃ viparyayo vā tathārdhāṅge śvayathuḥ śoṣo 'ṅgapakṣayor vā naṣṭahīnavikalavikṛtasvaratā vā vivarṇapuṣpaprādurbhāvo vā dantamukhanakhaśarīreṣu yasya vāpsu kaphapurīṣaretāṃsi nimajjanti yasya vā dṛṣṭimaṇḍale bhinnavikṛtāni rūpāṇyālokyante snehābhyaktakeśāṅga iva yo bhāti yaś ca durbalo bhaktadveṣātisārābhyāṃ pīḍyate kāsamānaś ca tṛṣṇābhibhūtaḥ kṣīṇaś chardibhaktadveṣayuktaḥ saphenapūyarudhirodvāmī hatasvaraḥ śūlābhipannaś ca manuṣyaḥ śūnakaracaraṇavadanaḥ kṣīṇo 'nnadveṣī srastapiṇḍikāṃsapāṇipādo jvarakāsābhibhūtaḥ yastu pūrvāhṇe bhuktam aparāhṇe chardayatyavidagdhamatisāryate vā jvarakāsābhibhūtaḥ sa śvāsānmriyate bastavadvilapan yaś ca bhūmau patati srastamuṣkaḥ stabdhameḍhro bhagnagrīvaḥ pranaṣṭamehanaś ca
manuṣyaḥ prāgviśuṣyamāṇahṛdaya ārdraśarīraḥ yaś ca loṣṭaṃ loṣṭenābhihanti kāṣṭhaṃ kāṣṭhena tṛṇāni vā chinatti adharoṣṭhaṃ daśati uttaroṣṭhaṃ vā leḍhi āluñcati vā karṇau keśāṃś ca devadvijagurusuhṛdvaidyāṃś ca dveṣṭi yasya vakrānuvakragā grahā garhitasthānagatāḥ pīḍayanti janmarkṣaṃ vā yasyolkāśanibhyāmabhihanyate horā vā gṛhadāraśayanāsanayānavāhanamaṇiratnopakaraṇagarhitalakṣaṇanimittaprādurbhāvo veti //
Su, Sū., 35, 42.2 tatra bahūdakanimnonnatanadīvarṣagahano mṛduśītānilo bahumahāparvatavṛkṣo
mṛdusukumāropacitaśarīramanuṣyaprāyaḥ kaphavātarogabhūyiṣṭhaś cānūpaḥ ākāśasamaḥ praviralālpakaṇṭakivṛkṣaprāyo 'lpavarṣaprasravaṇodapānodakaprāya uṣṇadāruṇavātaḥ praviralālpaśailaḥ sthirakṛśaśarīramanuṣyaprāyo vātapittarogabhūyiṣṭhaś ca jāṅgalaḥ ubhayadeśalakṣaṇaḥ sādhāraṇa iti //
Su, Sū., 35, 42.2 tatra bahūdakanimnonnatanadīvarṣagahano mṛduśītānilo bahumahāparvatavṛkṣo mṛdusukumāropacitaśarīramanuṣyaprāyaḥ kaphavātarogabhūyiṣṭhaś cānūpaḥ ākāśasamaḥ praviralālpakaṇṭakivṛkṣaprāyo 'lpavarṣaprasravaṇodapānodakaprāya uṣṇadāruṇavātaḥ praviralālpaśailaḥ
sthirakṛśaśarīramanuṣyaprāyo vātapittarogabhūyiṣṭhaś ca jāṅgalaḥ ubhayadeśalakṣaṇaḥ sādhāraṇa iti //
Su, Śār., 6, 31.2 prāpyāmitavyasanamugramato
manuṣyāḥ saṃchinnaśākhataruvannidhanaṃ na yānti //
Su, Ka., 6, 32.2 prasannavarṇendriyacittaceṣṭaṃ vaidyo 'vagacchedaviṣaṃ
manuṣyam //
Su, Utt., 60, 10.2 nṛtyan vai prahasati cāru cālpaśabdaṃ gandharvagrahaparipīḍito
manuṣyaḥ //
Su, Utt., 60, 11.2 tejasvī vadati ca kiṃ dadāmi kasmai yo yakṣagrahaparipīḍito
manuṣyaḥ //
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 1.2, 3.7 ādhibhautikaṃ caturvidhabhūtagrāmanimittaṃ
manuṣyapaśumṛgapakṣisarīsṛpadaṃśamaśakayūkāmatkuṇamatsyamakaragrāhasthāvarebhyo jarāyujāṇḍajasvedajodbhijjebhyaḥ sakāśād upajāyate /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 37.2, 1.3 devamanuṣyatiryagbuddhīndriyakarmendriyadvāreṇa sāntaḥkaraṇā buddhiḥ sādhayati sampādayati yasmāt tasmāt saiva ca viśinaṣṭi pradhānapuruṣayor viṣayavibhāgaṃ karoti pradhānapuruṣāntaraṃ nānātvam ityarthaḥ /
Tantrākhyāyikā
TAkhy, 2, 277.2 bhāgyāni ṣaṭpada iva sthiracañcalāni nityaṃ
manuṣyakusumeṣu paribhramanti //
TAkhy, 2, 382.1 tat deva
manuṣyasamparkāt priyakajātivaśāc ca mānuṣīṃ vācaṃ dadātīti saṃmānitaḥ //
Tattvavaiśāradī
Tattvavaiśāradī zu YS, 4, 1.1, 7.1 svargopabhogabhāgīyāt karmaṇo
manuṣyajātīyācaritāt kutaścin nimittāl labdhaparipākāt kvacid devanikāye jātamātrasyaiva divyadehāntaritā siddhiraṇimādyā bhavatīti //
Tattvavaiśāradī zu YS, 4, 1.1, 9.1 manuṣyo hi kutaścinnimittād asurabhavanam upasaṃprāptaḥ kamanīyābhir asurakanyābhir upanītaṃ rasāyanam upayujyājarāmaraṇatvam anyāśca siddhīr āsādayati //
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
VaikhDhS, 1, 4.4 dayāsatyaśaucācārayutaḥ svādhyāyatarpaṇābhyām ṛṣīn yajñabalihomajalapuṣpādyair devān śrāddhaiḥ putraiś ca pitṝn balinā bhūtān annādyair
manuṣyāṃś ca nityam arcayet /
VaikhDhS, 1, 7.3 audumbaro 'kṛṣṭaphalāvāpyauṣadhibhojī mūlaphalāśī vāṇahiṅgulaśunamadhumatsyamāṃsapūtyannadhānyāmlaparasparśanaparapākavarjī
devarṣipitṛmanuṣyapūjī vanacaro grāmabahiṣkṛtaḥ sāyaṃ prātar agnihotraṃ hutvā śrāmaṇakāgnihomaṃ vaiśvadevahomaṃ kurvaṃs tapaḥ samācarati /
VaikhDhS, 1, 11.18 purā prajāpatir upadeśagūhanārthaṃ visaragapakṣaṃ dṛṣṭavān taṃ dṛṣṭvā munayo 'pi mohaṃ jagmuḥ kiṃ punar
manuṣyāḥ /
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
Viṣṇupurāṇa
ViPur, 2, 3, 26.2 prāpsyāma dhanyāḥ khalu te
manuṣyā ye bhārate nendriyaviprahīnāḥ //
ViPur, 4, 11, 2.0 yatrāśeṣalokanivāso
manuṣyasiddhagandharvayakṣarākṣasaguhyakakiṃpuruṣāpsaroragavihagadaityadānavādityarudravasvaśvimaruddevarṣibhir mumukṣibhir dharmārthakāmamokṣārthibhiś ca tattatphalalābhāya sadābhiṣṭuto 'paricchedyamāhātmyāṃśena bhagavān anādinidhano viṣṇur avatatāra //
ViPur, 4, 24, 100.1 teṣāṃ ca bījabhūtānām
aśeṣamanuṣyāṇāṃ pariṇatānām api tatkālakṛtāpatyaprasūtir bhaviṣyati //
Viṣṇusmṛti
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
YSBhā zu YS, 2, 12.1, 4.1 yathā tīvrakleśena bhītavyādhitakṛpaṇeṣu viśvāsopagateṣu vā mahānubhāveṣu vā tapasviṣu kṛtaḥ punaḥ punar apakāraḥ sa cāpi pāpakarmāśayaḥ sadya eva paripacyate yathā nandīśvaraḥ kumāro
manuṣyapariṇāmaṃ hitvā devatvena pariṇataḥ tathā nahuṣo 'pi devānām indraḥ svakaṃ pariṇāmaṃ hitvā tiryaktvena pariṇata iti //
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Śatakatraya
ŚTr, 1, 13.2 te martyaloke bhuvi bhārabhūtā
manuṣyarūpeṇa mṛgāś caranti //
ŚTr, 2, 75.2 kintu bravīmi balināṃ purataḥ prasahya kandarpadarpadalane viralā
manuṣyāḥ //
ŚTr, 3, 25.2 sthānāni kiṃ himavataḥ pralayaṃ gatāni yat sāvamānaparapiṇḍaratā
manuṣyāḥ //
ŚTr, 3, 38.2 vāmākṣīṇām avajñāvihasitavasatir vṛddhabhāvo 'nyasādhuḥ saṃsāre re
manuṣyā vadata yadi sukhaṃ svalpam apyasti kiṃcit //
Śikṣāsamuccaya
ŚiSam, 1, 11.1 durlabhāṣṭākṣaṇanirvṛttir durlabho
manuṣyapratilambho durlabhā kṣaṇasaṃpadviśuddhir durlabho buddhotpādo durlabhāvikalendriyatā /
ŚiSam, 1, 11.6 durlabhaḥ saddharme tadanukūlaḥ prayatno
manuṣyaloke iti //
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
BhāgPur, 4, 4, 19.2 yathā gatir
devamanuṣyayoḥ pṛthak sva eva dharme na paraṃ kṣipet sthitaḥ //
Bhāratamañjarī
BhāMañj, 6, 182.1 dhigdhiṅnṛpaṃ kṛpaṇaceṣṭa
manuṣyasaṃjñaṃ bhīruṃ yudhiṣṭhiramalīkakṛtābhidhānam /
Devīkālottarāgama
Garuḍapurāṇa
GarPur, 1, 111, 11.1 niḥśaṅkaṃ kiṃ
manuṣyāḥ kuruta parahitaṃ yuktamagre hitaṃ yanmodadhvaṃ kāminībhirmadanaśarahatā mandamandātidṛṣṭyā /
GarPur, 1, 115, 35.2 kiṃ tasya jīvitaphalena
manuṣyaloke kāko 'pi jīvati ciraṃ ca baliṃ ca bhuṅkte //
Hitopadeśa
Hitop, 2, 43.2 yaj jīvyate kṣaṇam api prathitaṃ
manuṣyair vijñānavikramayaśobhir abhajyamānam /
Hitop, 2, 44.3 kiṃ tasya jīvitaphalena
manuṣyaloke kāko 'pi jīvati cirāya baliṃ ca bhuṅkte //
Hitop, 2, 58.2 āsannam eva nṛpatir bhajate
manuṣyaṃ vidyāvihīnam akulīnam asaṃstutaṃ vā /
Hitop, 2, 90.8 tato nagarajanaiḥ sa
manuṣyaḥ khādito dṛṣṭaḥ pratikṣaṇaṃ ghaṇṭāravaś ca śrūyate /
Hitop, 2, 90.9 anantaraṃ ghaṇṭākarṇaḥ kupito
manuṣyān khādati ghaṇṭāṃ ca vādayatīty uktvā sarve janā nagarāt palāyitāḥ /
Hitop, 4, 87.1 saṃcintya saṃcintya tam ugradaṇḍaṃ mṛtyuṃ
manuṣyasya vicakṣaṇasya /
Kathāsaritsāgara
KSS, 1, 7, 113.1 so 'haṃ gataḥ punarihādya
manuṣyabhāvaṃ śāpena śailaduhiturbata kāṇabhūte /
Kṛṣiparāśara
Kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava
KAM, 1, 84.1 re re
manuṣyāḥ puruṣottamasya karau na kasmān mukulīkurudhve /
Mukundamālā
MukMā, 1, 31.1 āścaryametaddhi
manuṣyaloke sudhāṃ parityajya viṣaṃ pibanti /
Narmamālā
Nāṭyaśāstravivṛti
NŚVi zu NāṭŚ, 6, 66.2, 45.0 ayaṃ cātrāśayaḥ
rakṣodānavoddhatamanuṣyā uddīpanahetubhir vināpi ceṣṭitamātraṃ yadapi kurvate narmagoṣṭhyādyapi ca tatra tāḍanādi pradhānam //
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā
Rasamañjarī
RMañj, 10, 29.2 vṛddhiṃ naraḥ kāmapi yanna dṛṣṭvā
jīvenmanuṣyaḥ sa hi saptamāsān //
Rasaprakāśasudhākara
RPSudh, 7, 19.2 dāhe kṛcchre dīpanaṃ pācanaṃ ca tasmātsevyaṃ sarvakālaṃ
manuṣyaiḥ //
Rasaratnākara
Rasendracūḍāmaṇi
Rājanighaṇṭu
Skandapurāṇa
SkPur, 4, 40.1 tatpūjitaṃ
devamanuṣyasiddhai rakṣobhirugrairuragaiśca divyaiḥ /
Sphuṭārthāvyākhyā
Tantrāloka
Toḍalatantra
Ānandakanda
Āyurvedadīpikā
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 43.2, 5.0 yaditi yasmāt evamuktaṃ bhavati yadanye ṛgvedādayaḥ prāyaḥ paralokahitamevārthaṃ vadanti tena puṇyāḥ puṇyatamaścāyamāyurvedo yad
yasmānmanuṣyāṇāmubhayorapi lokayor yaddhitam āyurārogyasādhanaṃ dharmasādhanaṃ ca tadvakṣyate tenātiśayena puṇyatamastathā vedavidāṃ ca pūjita iti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 3, 8.0 iha ca
manuṣyasyaivādhikṛtatve 'pi sāmānyena sakalaprāṇiprāṇahetutayāhārakathanaṃ manuṣavyatirikte'pi prāṇinyāhārasya prāṇajanakatvopadarśanārtham //
Śukasaptati
Śusa, 5, 10.1 āsannameva nṛpatirbhajate
manuṣyaṃ vidyāvihīnamakulīnamasaṃstutaṃ vā /
Bhāvaprakāśa
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Haribhaktivilāsa
HBhVil, 3, 69.3 saṃkalpitārthapradam ādidevaṃ smṛtvā vrajen muktipadaṃ
manuṣyaḥ //
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
KaṭhĀ, 2, 1, 124.0 yad vā idam
manuṣyāṇāṃ cakṣuṣā prekṣeta pradahec cakṣur andhāḥ prajā jāyeran //
Mugdhāvabodhinī
MuA zu RHT, 1, 30.2, 10.0 tadā vṛddho'kṣamaḥ paraṃ
manuṣyaḥ muktiṃ kaivalyaṃ katham āpnuyāt na kathamapītyartho vayasyupaplavabhāvāt //
MuA zu RHT, 12, 4.2, 3.0 ūrṇā pratītā ṭaṅkaṇaṃ saubhāgyaṃ girijatu śilājatu karṇākṣimalaṃ
manuṣyasya indragopako jīvaviśeṣaḥ karkaṭakaścakulīraḥ syātkulīraḥ karkaṭakaḥ ityamaraḥ etaiḥ //
Nāḍīparīkṣā
Rasārṇavakalpa
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
SDhPS, 1, 13.1 tena khalu punaḥ samayena tasyāṃ parṣadi bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikā
devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyāḥ saṃnipatitā abhūvan saṃniṣaṇṇāḥ rājānaśca maṇḍalino balacakravartinaś caturdvīpakacakravartinaśca //
SDhPS, 1, 31.1 tāsāṃ catasṛṇāṃ parṣadāṃ bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikānāṃ bahūnāṃ ca
devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyāṇām imamevaṃrūpaṃ bhagavato mahānimittaṃ prātihāryāvabhāsaṃ dṛṣṭvā āścaryaprāptānām adbhutaprāptānāṃ kautūhalaprāptānām etadabhavat kiṃ nu khalu vayamimamevaṃrūpaṃ bhagavato maharddhiprātihāryāvabhāsaṃ kṛtaṃ paripṛcchema //
SDhPS, 1, 94.1 anusmarāmyahaṃ kulaputrā atīte 'dhvani asaṃkhyeyaiḥ kalpairasaṃkhyeyatarair vipulairaprameyairacintyair aparimitairapramāṇaistataḥpareṇa parataraṃ yadāsīt tena kālena tena samayena candrasūryapradīpo nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 1, 101.1 tatra ajita teṣāṃ viṃśatitathāgatasahasrāṇāṃ pūrvakaṃ tathāgatamupādāya yāvat paścimakastathāgataḥ so 'pi candrasūryapradīpanāmadheya eva tathāgato 'bhūdarhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 1, 119.1 tena khalu punarajita samayena tena kālena ye tasyāṃ parṣadi bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikā
devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyāḥ saṃnipatitā abhūvan saṃniṣaṇṇāḥ rājānaśca maṇḍalino balacakravartinaścaturdvīpakacakravartinaśca te sarve saparivārāstaṃ bhagavantaṃ vyavalokayanti sma āścaryaprāptā adbhutaprāptā audbilyaprāptāḥ //
SDhPS, 2, 101.2 ye 'pi tu śāriputra atīte 'dhvanyabhūvan daśasu dikṣvaprameyeṣvasaṃkhyeyeṣu lokadhātuṣu tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
SDhPS, 2, 105.1 ye 'pi te śāriputra anāgate 'dhvani bhaviṣyanti daśasu dikṣvaprameyeṣvasaṃkhyeyeṣu lokadhātuṣu tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca ye ca nānābhinihāranirdeśavividhahetukāraṇanidarśanārambaṇaniruktyupāyakauśalyair nānādhimuktānāṃ sattvānāṃ nānādhātvāśayānām āśayaṃ viditvā dharmaṃ deśayiṣyanti te 'pi sarve śāriputra buddhā bhagavanta ekameva yānamārabhya sattvānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayiṣyanti yadidaṃ buddhayānaṃ sarvajñatāparyavasānaṃ yadidaṃ tathāgatajñānadarśanasamādāpanam eva sattvānāṃ tathāgatajñānadarśanasaṃdarśanameva tathāgatajñānadarśanāvatāraṇameva tathāgatajñānadarśanapratibodhanameva tathāgatajñānadarśanamārgāvatāraṇameva sattvānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayiṣyanti //
SDhPS, 2, 107.1 ye 'pi te śāriputra etarhi pratyutpanne 'dhvani daśasu dikṣvaprameyeṣvasaṃkhyeyeṣu lokadhātuṣu tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāstiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti dharmaṃ ca deśayanti bahujanahitāya bahujanahitāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca ye nānābhinirhāranirdeśavividhahetukāraṇanidarśanārambaṇaniruktyupāyakauśalyair nānādhimuktānāṃ sattvānāṃ nānādhātvāśayānām āśayaṃ viditvā dharmaṃ deśayanti te 'pi sarve śāriputra buddhā bhagavanta ekameva yānamārabhya sattvānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayanti yadidaṃ buddhayānaṃ sarvajñatāparyavasānaṃ yadidaṃ tathāgatajñānadarśanasamādāpanam eva sattvānāṃ tathāgatajñānadarśanasaṃdarśanameva tathāgatajñānadarśanāvatāraṇameva tathāgatajñānadarśanapratibodhanameva tathāgatajñānadarśanamārgāvatāraṇameva sattvānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayanti //
SDhPS, 2, 109.1 ahamapi śāriputra etarhi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca nānābhinirhāranirdeśavividhahetukāraṇanidarśanārambaṇaniruktyupāyakauśalyairnānādhimuktānāṃ sattvānāṃ nānādhātvāśayānām āśayaṃ viditvā dharmaṃ deśayāmi //
SDhPS, 3, 44.1 api khalu punaḥ śāriputra bhaviṣyasi tvamanāgate 'dhvani aprameyaiḥ kalpair acintyairapramāṇair bahūnāṃ tathāgatakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇāṃ saddharmaṃ dhārayitvā vividhāṃ ca pūjāṃ kṛtvā imāmeva bodhisattvacaryāṃ paripūrya padmaprabho nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyasi vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 3, 61.1 padmavṛṣabhavikrāmī nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyati vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 3, 76.1 atha khalu tāścatasraḥ parṣado bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikā
devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyā āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasyedaṃ vyākaraṇamanuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau bhagavato 'ntikāt saṃmukhaṃ śrutvā tuṣṭā udagrā āttamanasaḥ pramuditāḥ prītisaumanasyajātāḥ svakasvakaiścīvarairbhagavantam abhicchādayāmāsuḥ //
SDhPS, 3, 166.1 devamanuṣyadāridryam aniṣṭasaṃyogam iṣṭavinābhāvikāni ca duḥkhāni pratyanubhavanti //
SDhPS, 3, 196.1 apare punaḥ sattvāḥ sarvajñajñānaṃ buddhajñānaṃ svayaṃbhūjñānam anācāryakaṃ jñānamākāṅkṣamāṇā bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca sarvasattvaparinirvāṇahetos tathāgatajñānabalavaiśāradyānubodhāya tathāgataśāsane 'bhiyujyante //
SDhPS, 5, 21.2 tathāgato 'smi bhavanto
devamanuṣyāḥ arhan samyaksaṃbuddhas tīrṇastārayāmi mukto mocayāmy āśvasta āśvāsayāmi parinirvṛtaḥ parinirvāpayāmi //
SDhPS, 5, 23.1 upasaṃkrāmantu māṃ bhavanto
devamanuṣyā dharmaśravaṇāya //
SDhPS, 6, 3.1 sa paścime samucchraye avabhāsaprāptāyāṃ lokadhātau mahāvyūhe kalpe raśmiprabhāso nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyati vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 6, 34.1 evaṃrūpāṃścādhikārān kṛtvā paścime samucchraye śaśiketurnāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyati vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 6, 60.1 sa paścime samucchraye paścime ātmabhāvapratilambhe jāmbūnadaprabhāso nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyati vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 6, 78.1 paścime ca ātmabhāvapratilambhe tamālapatracandanagandho nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyati vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 7, 1.2 tena kālena tena samayena mahābhijñājñānābhibhūr nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān saṃbhavāyāṃ lokadhātau mahārūpe kalpe //
SDhPS, 7, 54.2 deśayatu bhagavān dharmaṃ deśayatu sugato dharmaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
SDhPS, 7, 73.1 adrākṣuḥ khalu punasteṣu pañcāśatsu lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasreṣu bhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇaḥ paścime digbhāge taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ bodhimaṇḍavarāgragataṃ bodhivṛkṣamūle siṃhāsanopaviṣṭaṃ parivṛtaṃ puraskṛtaṃ
devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyais taiśca putraiḥ ṣoḍaśabhī rājakumārairadhyeṣyamāṇaṃ dharmacakrapravartanatāyai //
SDhPS, 7, 87.1 tad bhaviṣyati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
SDhPS, 7, 102.1 adrākṣuḥ khalu punarbhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇa uttarapaścime digbhāge taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ bodhimaṇḍavarāgragataṃ bodhivṛkṣamūle siṃhāsanopaviṣṭaṃ parivṛtaṃ puraskṛtaṃ
devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyais taiśca putraiḥ ṣoḍaśabhī rājakumārairadhyeṣyamāṇaṃ dharmacakrapravartanatāyai //
SDhPS, 7, 118.1 tadbhaviṣyati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
SDhPS, 7, 130.1 adrākṣuḥ khalu punarbhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇa uttaraṃ digbhāgaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ bodhimaṇḍavarāgragataṃ bodhivṛkṣamūle siṃhāsanopaviṣṭaṃ parivṛtaṃ puraskṛtaṃ
devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyais taiśca putraiḥ ṣoḍaśabhī rājakumārairadhyeṣyamāṇaṃ dharmacakrapravartanatāyai //
SDhPS, 7, 144.1 tadbhaviṣyati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
SDhPS, 7, 159.1 adrākṣuḥ khalu punarbhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇo 'dhodigbhāge taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ bodhimaṇḍavarāgragataṃ bodhivṛkṣamūle siṃhāsanopaviṣṭaṃ parivṛtaṃ puraskṛtaṃ
devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyais taiśca putraiḥ ṣoḍaśabhī rājakumārairadhyeṣyamāṇaṃ dharmacakrapravartanatāyai //
SDhPS, 7, 182.1 tadbhaviṣyati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
SDhPS, 8, 25.1 dharmaprabhāso nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyati vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 8, 30.1 devā api
manuṣyān drakṣyanti manuṣyā api devān drakṣyanti //
SDhPS, 8, 30.1 devā api manuṣyān drakṣyanti
manuṣyā api devān drakṣyanti //
SDhPS, 8, 70.1 tatra kāśyapa kauṇḍinyo bhikṣurmahāśrāvako dvāṣaṣṭīnāṃ buddhakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇāṃ pareṇa parataraṃ samantaprabhāso nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyati vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 9, 8.2 bhaviṣyasi tvamānanda anāgate 'dhvani sāgaravaradharabuddhivikrīḍitābhijño nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 9, 34.2 bhaviṣyasi tvaṃ rāhulabhadra anāgate 'dhvani saptaratnapadmavikrāntagāmī nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān daśalokadhātuparamāṇurajaḥsamāṃstathāgatānarhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhān satkṛtya gurukṛtya mānayitvā pūjayitvā arcayitvā //
SDhPS, 10, 1.2 paśyasi tvaṃ bhaiṣajyarāja asyāṃ parṣadi
bahudevanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyān bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikāḥ śrāvakayānīyān pratyekabuddhayānīyān bodhisattvayānīyāṃśca yairayaṃ dharmaparyāyastathāgatasya saṃmukhaṃ śrutaḥ /
SDhPS, 10, 7.1 sattvānāmanukampārthamasmin jambudvīpe
manuṣyeṣu pratyājātā veditavyā ya ito dharmaparyāyādantaśa ekagāthāmapi dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti prakāśayiṣyanti saṃgrāhayiṣyanti likhiṣyanti likhitvā cānusmariṣyanti kālena ca kālaṃ vyavalokayiṣyanti //
SDhPS, 10, 19.1 lokasya hitānukampakaḥ praṇidhānavaśenopapanno 'smin jambudvīpe
manuṣyeṣu asya dharmaparyāyasya saṃprakāśanatāyai //
SDhPS, 11, 47.1 iti hi tasmin samaye iyaṃ sarvāvatī lokadhātū ratnavṛkṣapratimaṇḍitābhūd vaiḍūryamayī saptaratnahemajālasaṃchannā mahāratnagandhadhūpanadhūpitā māndāravamahāmāndāravapuṣpasaṃstīrṇā kiṅkiṇījālālaṃkṛtā suvarṇasūtrāṣṭāpadanibaddhā apagatagrāmanagaranigamajanapadarāṣṭrarājadhānī apagatakālaparvatā apagatamucilindamahāmucilindaparvatā apagatacakravālamahācakravālaparvatā apagatasumeruparvatā apagatatadanyamahāparvatā apagatamahāsamudrā apagatanadīmahānadīparisaṃsthitābhūd
apagatadevamanuṣyāsurakāyā apagatanirayatiryagyoniyamalokā //
SDhPS, 11, 59.1 sarvāṇi ca tāni viṃśatibuddhakṣetrakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇy apagatagrāmanagaranigamajanapadarāṣṭrarājadhānīni apagatakālaparvatāni apagatamucilindamahāmucilindaparvatāni apagatacakravālamahācakravālaparvatāni apagatasumeruparvatāni apagatatadanyamahāparvatāni apagatamahāsamudrāṇi apagatanadīmahānadīni parisaṃsthāpayati
apagatadevamanuṣyāsurakāyāni apagatanirayatiryagyoniyamalokāni //
SDhPS, 11, 65.1 tānyapi viṃśatilokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇy ekaikasyāṃ diśi apagatagrāmanagaranigamajanapadarāṣṭrarājadhānīni apagatakālaparvatāni apagatamucilindamahāmucilindaparvatāni apagatacakravālamahācakravālaparvatāni apagatasumeruparvatāni apagatatadanyamahāparvatāni apagatamahāsamudrāṇi apagatanadīmahānadīni parisaṃsthāpayati
apagatadevamanuṣyāsurakāyāni apagatanirayatiryagyoniyamalokāni //
SDhPS, 11, 173.2 eṣa devadatto bhikṣuranāgate 'dhvani aprameyaiḥ kalpairasaṃkhyeyairdevarājo nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho bhaviṣyati vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca bhagavān devasopānāyāṃ lokadhātau //
SDhPS, 11, 183.1 sarve ca tatra
devamanuṣyāḥ pūjāṃ kariṣyanti puṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇacīvaracchatradhvajapatākābhir gāthābhiḥ //
SDhPS, 11, 185.1 ye ca taṃ stūpaṃ pradakṣiṇaṃ kariṣyanti praṇāmaṃ vā teṣāṃ kecid agraphalamarhattvaṃ sākṣātkariṣyanti kecit pratyekabodhimanuprāpsyante acintyāścāprameyā
devamanuṣyā anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau cittānyutpādya avinivartanīyā bhaviṣyanti //
SDhPS, 11, 188.1 devamanuṣyalokopapannasya cāsya viśiṣṭasthānaprāptirbhaviṣyati //
SDhPS, 11, 244.1 ye ca sahāyāṃ lokadhātau sattvās te sarve taṃ tathāgataṃ paśyanti sma sarvaiśca
devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramanuṣyāmanuṣyair namasyamānaṃ dharmadeśanāṃ ca kurvantam //
SDhPS, 12, 15.1 tataḥ pareṇa paratareṇa bodhisattvacaryāṃ paripūrya sarvasattvapriyadarśano nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyasi vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 12, 20.1 bodhisattvacaryāṃ ca anupūrveṇa paripūrya raśmiśatasahasraparipūrṇadhvajo nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyasi vidhācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca
manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān bhadrāyāṃ lokadhātau //
SDhPS, 18, 12.2 hastiśabdā vā aśvaśabdā vā uṣṭraśabdā vā gośabdā vā ajaśabdā vā janapadaśabdā vā rathaśabdā vā ruditaśabdā vā śokaśabdā vā bhairavaśabdā vā śaṅkhaśabdā vā ghaṇṭāśabdā vā paṭahaśabdā vā bherīśabdā vā krīḍāśabdā vā gītaśabdā vā nṛtyaśabdā vā tūryaśabdā vā vādyaśabdā vā strīśabdā vā puruṣaśabdā vā dārakaśabdā vā dārikāśabdā vā dharmaśabdā vā adharmaśabdā vā sukhaśabdā vā duḥkhaśabdā vā bālaśabdā vā āryaśabdā vā manojñaśabdā vā amanojñaśabdā vā devaśabdā vā nāgaśabdā vā yakṣaśabdā vā rākṣasaśabdā vā gandharvaśabdā vā asuraśabdā vā garuḍaśabdā vā kinnaraśabdā vā mahoragaśabdā vā
manuṣyaśabdā vā amanuṣyaśabdā vā agniśabdā vā vāyuśabdā vā udakaśabdā vā grāmaśabdā vā nagaraśabdā vā bhikṣuśabdā vā śrāvakaśabdā vā pratyekabuddhaśabdā vā bodhisattvaśabdā vā tathāgataśabdā vā yāvantaḥ kecit trisāhasramahāsāhasrāyāṃ lokadhātau sāntarbahiḥ śabdā niścaranti tān śabdāṃstena prākṛtena pariśuddhena śrotrendriyeṇa śṛṇoti //
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
UḍḍT, 1, 6.2 yasya vijñānamātreṇa
manuṣyo bhuvi durlabhaḥ //
UḍḍT, 1, 29.1 uoṃ namo bhagavate sarvabhūtādhipataye virūpākṣāya nityaṃ krūrāya daṃṣṭriṇe vikarāline grahayakṣabhūtavetālena saha śaṃkara
manuṣyaṃ daha daha paca paca gṛhṇa gṛhṇa gṛhṇāpaya gṛhṇāpaya huṃ phaṭ svāhā /
UḍḍT, 14, 19.1 huṃ pañcāṇḍaṃ cāṇḍaṃ drīṃ phaṭ svāhā anena mantreṇa
manuṣyāsthikīlakaṃ saptāṅgulaṃ sahasradhābhimantritaṃ yasya gehe nikhanet tasya kūṭam utsādinaṃ bhavati uddhṛte sati punaḥ svāsthyaṃ bhavati /
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 4, 5.0 kaṃ prapadye taṃ prapadye yat te prajāpate śaraṇaṃ chandas tat prapadye yāvat te viṣṇo veda tāvat te kariṣyāmi devena savitā prasūta ārtvijyam kariṣyāmi namo 'gnaye upadraṣṭre namo vāyava upaśrotre nama ādityāya anukhyātre juṣṭām adya devebhyo vācaṃ vadiṣyāmi śuśrūṣeṇyāṃ
manuṣyebhyaḥ svadhāvatīṃ pitṛbhyaḥ pratiṣṭhāṃ viśvasmai bhūtāya praśāsta ātmanā prajayā paśubhiḥ prajāpatiṃ prapadye 'bhayaṃ no 'stu prājāpatyam anuvakṣyāmi vāg ārtvijyam kariṣyati vācaṃ prapadye bhūr bhuvaḥ svar iti japitvā //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 5, 9.1 asyai pratiṣṭhāyai mā chitsi pṛthivi mātar mā mā hiṃsīr mā modoṣīr madhu maniṣye madhu vaniṣye madhu janiṣye madhumatīm adya devebhyo vācaṃ vadiṣyāmi cāruṃ
manuṣyebhya idam ahaṃ pañcadaśena vajreṇa pāpmānam bhrātṛvyam avabādha iti /
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 12, 2.2 daivyā adhvaryava upahūtā upahūtā
manuṣyā ya imam yajñam avānye ca yajñapatiṃ vardhān /